WO2019096086A1 - Access method for shared space, and permission management method and apparatus - Google Patents

Access method for shared space, and permission management method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019096086A1
WO2019096086A1 PCT/CN2018/115003 CN2018115003W WO2019096086A1 WO 2019096086 A1 WO2019096086 A1 WO 2019096086A1 CN 2018115003 W CN2018115003 W CN 2018115003W WO 2019096086 A1 WO2019096086 A1 WO 2019096086A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user
shared
shared content
content
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/115003
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈京昌
佘智勇
李智
林剑雄
Original Assignee
钉钉控股(开曼)有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 钉钉控股(开曼)有限公司 filed Critical 钉钉控股(开曼)有限公司
Publication of WO2019096086A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019096086A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
    • H04L65/40Support for services or applications

Definitions

  • One or more embodiments of the present disclosure relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a shared space access method, a rights management method, and an apparatus.
  • the mobile group office platform is more and more widely used in the business processes of various groups such as enterprises, educational institutions, government agencies, etc., which can not only improve communication efficiency between users, reduce communication costs, but also be effective. Improve user event processing efficiency and office efficiency.
  • one or more embodiments of the present specification provide an access method, a rights management method, and an apparatus for a shared space.
  • a method for accessing a shared space including:
  • a method for accessing a shared space including:
  • a method for sharing shared content including:
  • an access device for a shared space including:
  • An access request receiving unit that receives an access request of the user for a shared space associated with the community
  • the content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
  • an access device for a shared space including:
  • the request sending unit in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines the content according to the user's authority information in the organization structure of the group a shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information;
  • a sharing device for sharing content including:
  • the instruction sending unit sends a sharing instruction for the shared content to the server, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  • a method for accessing a shared space including:
  • an access device for a shared space including:
  • the content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space to provide to the user.
  • a rights management method for a shared space including:
  • a rights management apparatus for a shared space including:
  • the authority obtaining unit obtains the authority information of the user in the group
  • the rights management unit manages the access rights of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the community according to the rights information.
  • a method for accessing a shared space including:
  • an access device for a shared space including:
  • a permission obtaining unit acquiring the authority information of the user in an organization structure of the group
  • the content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a shared space access system according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 2A is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a server side according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 2B is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a client side according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • 2C is a flowchart of a method for sharing shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for managing rights in a shared space according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an organizational structure of an enterprise AA according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • 6-10 are schematic diagrams of an access interface of a shared space provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an entry display interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another shared space access interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a group session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a task initiation interface of a job receiving function provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another population group session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface of a participant side of a job receiving task according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of uploading shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another upload sharing content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of still another shared space access interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an automatic synchronization file provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an online editing file provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of triggering a sharing operation on shared content according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a sharing setting interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of permission setting for shared content according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 27 is a block diagram of a shared space access device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 28 is a block diagram of another shared space access device according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 30 is a block diagram of a rights management apparatus for a shared space according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of still another apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 32 is a block diagram of a shared content sharing apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the steps of the corresponding method are not necessarily performed in the order shown and described in the specification in other embodiments. In some other embodiments, the method may include more or fewer steps than those described herein. In addition, the individual steps described in this specification may be decomposed into multiple steps for description in other embodiments; while the multiple steps described in this specification may be combined into a single step in other embodiments. description.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a shared space access system according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • the system may include a server 11, a network 12, and a number of electronic devices, such as a mobile phone 13, a PC 14, and the like.
  • the server 11 may be a physical server including a separate host, or the server 11 may be a virtual server hosted by the host cluster.
  • the server 11 can run a server-side program of an application to implement related business functions of the application. For example, when the server 11 runs the program of the mobile group office platform, the mobile group can be implemented. The server side of the platform.
  • the server 11 can carry the shared space and related functions, or the shared space can be carried by other devices, and the server 11 implements access control and management functions for the shared space.
  • the mobile group office platform can not only realize the communication function, but also can be used as an integrated function platform for many other functions, such as approval events (such as leave, office item application, financial and other approval events), attendance events.
  • approval events such as leave, office item application, financial and other approval events
  • attendance events such as attendance events.
  • the mobile group office platform can be carried in instant messaging applications in related technologies, such as enterprise instant messaging (EIM) applications, such as Skype For. Microsoft Wait.
  • EIM enterprise instant messaging
  • Skype For. Microsoft Wait a mobile group office platform
  • the instant messaging function is only one of the communication functions supported by the mobile group office platform, and the mobile group office platform can implement more functions such as the above, which will not be described here.
  • the mobile phone 13 and the PC 14 are only some types of electronic devices that the user can use. In fact, users obviously can also use electronic devices such as tablet devices, notebook computers, PDAs (Personal Digital Assistants), wearable devices (such as smart glasses, smart watches, etc.), etc. Various embodiments do not limit this.
  • the electronic device can run a client-side program of an application to implement related business functions of the application, for example, when the electronic device runs a program of the mobile group office platform, the mobile device can be implemented as the mobile device. The client of the group office platform.
  • the application of the client of the mobile group office platform can be pre-installed on the electronic device so that the client can be launched and run on the electronic device; of course, when adopting an online "customer such as HTML5 technology" At the end, the client can be obtained and run without installing the corresponding application on the electronic device.
  • the network 12 may include a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) and the Internet.
  • PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
  • FIG. 2A is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a server side according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2A, the method is applied to a server device (such as the server 11 shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
  • Step 202A Receive an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community.
  • the user may initiate an access request through the client side device, so that the server side device can receive a corresponding access request from the client side device.
  • the user may access the shared space associated with the community for the internal members of the community from the portal provided by the relevant functional interface of the community.
  • the user may not belong to the community, that is, the user is not an internal member of the community, but the user may access the shared space associated with the community through an portal provided by the community's public homepage or the like.
  • the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to
  • the shared subspace for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
  • Step 204A Determine, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
  • the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
  • the rights information of the user in the community may be predetermined.
  • the user's rights information in the community may be obtained upon receiving the access request.
  • this specification does not limit the timing of acquisition of the rights information.
  • the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories.
  • determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information.
  • the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space
  • the shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department” ).
  • the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community.
  • the content for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user.
  • the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user.
  • Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user.
  • the permission category 1 the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2
  • the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension.
  • a specific dimension is a job grading level
  • the privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level.
  • the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than
  • the shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information.
  • the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user.
  • the shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user.
  • each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager” have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room” have a privilege level of 4
  • the level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community
  • the shared content for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower.
  • the permission level that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users.
  • the shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user The at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights.
  • the access rights in this specification may include rights to perform one or more operations such as reading, modifying, deleting, etc. for the shared content.
  • the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways.
  • the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3.
  • the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content.
  • the permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3.
  • the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
  • the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
  • the storage path matching the permission information in the shared space may be determined according to the rights information of the user in the community, and then the shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be a match.
  • the shared content of the permission information may be stored in advance in the same storage path of the shared space (such as in the same folder) according to the rights information of the shared content, so that by determining the storage path that matches the rights information of the user, All shared content under the storage path is quickly determined as the shared content that matches the user's permission information.
  • the determined storage path may be provided to the client side device to display the determined storage path to the user by the client side device, because the shared content under the storage path is considered to match the user's Permission information, and thus the user can access the storage path to achieve access to the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
  • the shared content under the determined storage path may be provided to the client side device to display the shared content under the determined storage path to the user by the client side device, where the storage path is The user is invisible, so that the user only needs to pay attention to the shared content that matches the own permission information, and does not need to pay attention to the storage path where the shared content is located, such as a folder corresponding to the storage path, so that the user can directly and quickly browse and match.
  • the shared content of its own permission information may be provided to the client side device to display the shared content under the determined storage path to the user by the client side device, where the storage path is The user is invisible, so that the user only needs to pay attention to the shared content that matches the own permission information, and does not need to pay attention to the storage path where the shared content is located, such as a folder corresponding to the storage path, so that the user can directly and quickly browse and match.
  • the shared content of its own permission information may be provided to the client side device to display the shared content under the determined storage path to the user by the client side device, where
  • the plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content that matches the rights information may be determined, and the record information in the specific information record format in the plurality of shared content is extracted to be combined and generated.
  • New shared content For example, when the shared content includes a weekly report submitted by each group member in the group, the record information of the weekly reports may be merged according to the above embodiment, so that only one shared content needs to be viewed, and it is not necessary to separately view multiple copies. Sharing content helps improve access to shared content.
  • the shared content uploaded by the group members of the community for the upload task may be stored.
  • the uploading task may be initiated by the user, or may be initiated by any group member in the community; in some cases, the initiator of the uploading task may be qualified, for example, only the administrative user of the group may initiate, and the ordinary community member Can't initiate.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the upload task, and any of the The shared content uploaded by the group member for the uploading task, so that the user accesses the shared content uploaded by other community members, is helpful to implement management work; when the user's permission information is not greater than the member of the group
  • the shared content that is matched to the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and does not include the shared content uploaded by the any group member for the uploading task, so that Protect the privacy of members of the group.
  • the file to be synchronized and the file synchronization object selected by the management member of the community may be determined, the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the community; and then, the file synchronization object is pushed to the file synchronization object
  • the synchronization file is described to update to the local storage space on the electronic device used by the file synchronization object.
  • the file to be synchronized may include any file such as a regulation system, a reimbursement process, a commodity quotation, and the like, and the server may actively push the file to be synchronized to the electronic device to be used for synchronization by selecting a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object by the management member.
  • the local storage space of the device without the file synchronization object acquiring the file to be synchronized from the shared space or other storage space, can not only simplify the operation of searching, downloading, etc. of the file synchronization object for the file to be synchronized, but also can actively push the file to be synchronized. Automatic update to avoid problems associated with file synchronization objects using older versions of files.
  • an online editing interface of any of the files may be returned to the at least one community member according to an online editing request initiated by at least one group member of the group to any of the files; and then receiving the An online editing instruction issued by at least one group member for any of the files, and in response to the online editing instruction, performing a corresponding online editing process on any of the files.
  • the online editing request may be initiated by the group member for any file, such as the file in the shared space, the file sent by other community members to the group member, the shared file in the group where the group member is located, and the like. Make restrictions.
  • the group member can perform online editing processing for any of the files without having to download the file to the local storage space and then perform editing processing, thereby avoiding leaving too much in the local storage space.
  • Files of the versions (such as the original version, the first modified version, the second modified version, etc.) to prevent confusion in subsequent processing.
  • the online editing process of files is also applicable to collaborative editing scenarios between multiple group members, that is, multiple group members can perform online editing processing on any of the files, avoiding multiple
  • the local storage space of group members form different versions of files, preventing confusion between different versions of files.
  • the target editing content corresponding to the online editing instruction in the any file may be determined; when the target editing content matches the organization of the group initiating the online editing instruction in the group In the permission information, the corresponding online editing process is performed on any of the files according to the online editing instruction.
  • each group member can be controlled to edit the content of the target in any file, for example, the group member A can only edit the first page 1-3 of the file, Group member B can only edit the first chapter of any of the files, etc., thereby implementing less fine-grained rights management for online editing processing, and avoiding conflicts between online editing of different group members.
  • the sharing request of the user for the shared content may be received, and the shared content is shared to the target user specified by the user, so that the target user can view the shared content, even the sharing Content implementation editing and other operations.
  • the shared content may be directly sent to the target user; or the access link of the shared content may be sent to the target user, so that the target user can access the shared content through the access link.
  • the access link may be a storage path of the shared content.
  • the target user may include any user specified by the user, and this specification does not limit this.
  • the target user may belong to the group to which the user belongs, or may not be related to the group; for example, from the perspective of the authority, the target user may have the authority corresponding to the shared content, and You may not have permission for this shared content.
  • the sharing scheme can be made based on the above sharing scheme.
  • Target users can also view, edit, and other shared content to facilitate project collaboration such as cross-group.
  • the above-mentioned sharing scheme can realize the reminding function for the target user, and the target user is not required to actively search in the shared space, which helps to simplify the operation of the target user. .
  • permission settings may be made for the shared content to restrict sharing operations for the shared content. For example, it may be restricted that only the uploader of the shared content can implement the sharing operation, or the member of the specified one or more groups can be restricted from being able to perform the sharing operation, or the user above the specified authority level can be restricted from performing the sharing operation, etc. This is not a limitation.
  • the operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be received, so that the operation performed by the target user on the shared content is restricted according to the operation authority.
  • the user can set the operation permission to only allow reading, only allow reading and editing, allow reading and editing but do not allow sharing, etc., and this specification does not limit this.
  • the user who is the sharer can limit the type of operation of the shared content as the target user of the shared party, and avoid the problem of leakage of information of the shared content.
  • an operation time period for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be received; and then, the target user is given temporary operation authority for the shared content, the temporary Operation rights are only valid for the operating time period.
  • the user can set the temporary operation authority so that the temporary operation authority of the target user is set to allow only reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing. Etc., this specification does not limit this.
  • sharing restrictions can be performed on the shared content in the time dimension, so that in particular, if the target user itself does not have direct operation authority for the shared content, the risk that the shared content is leaked can be reduced.
  • FIG. 2B is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a client side according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2B, the method is applied to a client side device (for example, the mobile phone 13, the PC 14, and the like shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
  • Step 202B in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines that the shared space matches according to the user's rights information in the community.
  • the shared content of the permission information in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines that the shared space matches according to the user's rights information in the community.
  • the user may initiate an access request through the client side device, so that the server side device can receive a corresponding access request from the client side device.
  • the user may access the shared space associated with the community for the internal members of the community from the portal provided by the relevant functional interface of the community.
  • the user may not belong to the community, that is, the user is not an internal member of the community, but the user may access the shared space associated with the community through an entry provided by the community's public home page or the like.
  • the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to
  • the shared subspace for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
  • the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
  • the rights information of the user in the community may be predetermined.
  • the user's rights information in the community may be obtained upon receiving the access request.
  • this specification does not limit the timing of acquisition of the rights information.
  • the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories.
  • determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information.
  • the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space
  • the shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department” ).
  • the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community.
  • the content for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user.
  • the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user.
  • Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user.
  • the permission category 1 the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2
  • the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension.
  • a specific dimension is a job grading level
  • the privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level.
  • the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than
  • the shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information.
  • the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user.
  • the shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user.
  • each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager” have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room” have a privilege level of 4
  • the level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community
  • the shared content for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower.
  • the permission level that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users.
  • the shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user The at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights.
  • the access rights in this specification may include rights to perform one or more operations such as reading, modifying, deleting, etc. for the shared content.
  • the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways.
  • the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3.
  • the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content.
  • the permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3.
  • the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
  • the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
  • the storage path matching the permission information in the shared space may be determined according to the rights information of the user in the community, and then the shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be a match.
  • the shared content of the permission information may be stored in advance in the same storage path of the shared space (such as in the same folder) according to the rights information of the shared content, so that by determining the storage path that matches the rights information of the user, All shared content under the storage path is quickly determined as the shared content that matches the user's permission information.
  • Step 204B Show, according to the data returned by the server, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
  • the determined storage path may be displayed to the user. Since the shared content under the storage path is considered to match the user's permission information, the user may access the storage path to achieve the shared space. An access operation of the shared content that matches the permission information.
  • the shared content under the determined storage path may be presented to the user, wherein the storage path is invisible to the user, such that the user only needs to focus on the shared content that matches the own permission information, without Pay attention to the storage path where the shared content is located, such as a folder corresponding to the storage path, etc., so that the user can directly and quickly browse the shared content that matches the own permission information.
  • the plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content matching the rights information may be determined, so that the record information of the plurality of shared content adopting the specific information record format may be extracted, to Merge to generate new shared content.
  • the shared content includes a weekly report submitted by each group member in the group
  • the record information of the weekly reports may be merged according to the above embodiment, so that only one shared content needs to be viewed, and it is not necessary to separately view multiple copies. Sharing content helps improve access to shared content.
  • the shared content uploaded by the group members of the community for the upload task may be stored.
  • the uploading task may be initiated by the user, or may be initiated by any group member in the community; in some cases, the initiator of the uploading task may be qualified, for example, only the administrative user of the group may initiate, and the ordinary community member Can't initiate.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the upload task, and any of the The shared content uploaded by the group member for the uploading task, so that the user accesses the shared content uploaded by other community members, is helpful to implement management work; when the user's permission information is not greater than the member of the group
  • the shared content that is matched to the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and does not include the shared content uploaded by the any group member for the uploading task, so that Protect the privacy of members of the group.
  • the file to be synchronized and the file synchronization object selected by the user may be determined, and the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the community; Initiating a file push request to the server, the file push request instructing the server to push the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object, to update the file to be synchronized to an electronic device used by the file synchronization object a local storage space on the device; when the user does not belong to the management member of the community, the file that the server pushes according to the file push request initiated by the management member of the community may be received and stored in the local storage space.
  • the file to be synchronized may include any file such as a regulation system, a reimbursement process, a commodity quotation, and the like, and the server may actively push the file to be synchronized to the electronic device to be used for synchronization by selecting a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object by the management member.
  • the local storage space of the device without the file synchronization object acquiring the file to be synchronized from the shared space or other storage space, can not only simplify the operation of searching, downloading, etc. of the file synchronization object for the file to be synchronized, but also can actively push the file to be synchronized. Automatic update to avoid problems associated with file synchronization objects using older versions of files.
  • the old version file corresponding to the received file in the local storage space may be automatically searched to update the old version file to the received file, which may prevent The user mistakes the old version file for the latest version of the file.
  • the file may be determined to be the same file according to the file name. For example, if the received file is "Enterprise AA Quoted Quote.xls", the file named "Enterprise AA Quote.xls" in the local storage space may be searched for automatic implementation. replace.
  • the default is that the received file is the latest version; in another case, the version number of the received file can be compared with the version number of the found file, such as when the received file is If the version number is 2.0 and the version number of the found file is 1.0, you can confirm that the received file is the latest version and the replacement operation of the implementation file.
  • the version number of the received file is 2.0
  • the version of the found file is When the number is 2.1, it can be determined that the received file is not the latest version, and the replacement of the file is canceled.
  • an online editing request for any file may be initiated to the server; an online editing interface of any of the files returned by the server is received and displayed, so that the user can view and implement subsequent User editing operation; then, according to the detected user editing operation, sending an online editing instruction for the file to the server, so that the server performs corresponding online editing processing on any of the files.
  • the online editing request may be initiated by the group member for any file, such as the file in the shared space, the file sent by other community members to the group member, the shared file in the group where the group member is located, and the like. Make restrictions.
  • the group member can perform online editing processing for any of the files without having to download the file to the local storage space and then perform editing processing, thereby avoiding leaving too much in the local storage space.
  • Files of the versions (such as the original version, the first modified version, the second modified version, etc.) to prevent confusion in subsequent processing.
  • the online editing process of files is also applicable to collaborative editing scenarios between multiple group members, that is, multiple group members can perform online editing processing on any of the files, avoiding multiple
  • the local storage space of group members form different versions of files, preventing confusion between different versions of files.
  • the online editing instruction corresponding to the target editing content in the any file matches the authority information of the user in the organization structure of the community.
  • each group member can be controlled to edit the content of the target in any file, for example, the group member A can only edit the first page 1-3 of the file, Group member B can only edit the first chapter of any of the files, etc., thereby implementing less fine-grained rights management for online editing processing, and avoiding conflicts between online editing of different group members.
  • a sharing instruction for the shared content may be sent to the server in response to the detected user operation, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user. So that the target user can view the shared content, and even perform editing and the like on the shared content.
  • the server may send the shared content directly to the target user; or the server may send the access link of the shared content to the target user, so that the target user can share the share through the access link.
  • the content is accessed, for example, the access link may be a storage path of the shared content.
  • the target user may include any user specified by the user, and this specification does not limit this.
  • the target user may belong to the group to which the user belongs, or may not be related to the group; for example, from the perspective of the authority, the target user may have the authority corresponding to the shared content, and You may not have permission for this shared content.
  • the sharing scheme can be made based on the above sharing scheme.
  • Target users can also view, edit, and other shared content to facilitate project collaboration such as cross-group.
  • the above-mentioned sharing scheme can realize the reminding function for the target user, and the target user is not required to actively search in the shared space, which helps to simplify the operation of the target user. .
  • the permission setting may be performed on the shared content by sending a permission setting instruction to the server to restrict the sharing operation for the shared content. For example, it may be restricted that only the uploader of the shared content can implement the sharing operation, or the member of the specified one or more groups can be restricted from being able to perform the sharing operation, or the user above the specified authority level can be restricted from performing the sharing operation, etc. This is not a limitation.
  • the operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server limits the target user to the sharing according to the operation authority.
  • the operation of the content implementation For example, the user can set the operation authority to only allow reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing, etc., and this specification does not limit this.
  • the user who is the sharer can limit the type of operation of the shared content as the target user of the shared party, and avoid the problem of leakage of information of the shared content.
  • an operation period for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server gives the target user a temporary operation on the shared content.
  • the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period.
  • the user can set the temporary operation authority so that the temporary operation authority of the target user is set to allow only reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing. Etc., this specification does not limit this.
  • sharing restrictions can be performed on the shared content in the time dimension, so that in particular, if the target user itself does not have direct operation authority for the shared content, the risk that the shared content is leaked can be reduced.
  • FIG. 2C is a flowchart of a method for sharing shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2C, the method is applied to a client side device (for example, the mobile phone 13, the PC 14, and the like shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
  • Step 202C Receive a sharing request initiated by a user, where the sharing request is related to the shared content in the shared space of the community.
  • the user may access the shared space associated with the community for the internal members of the community from the portal provided by the relevant functional interface of the community.
  • the user may not belong to the community, that is, the user is not an internal member of the community, but the user may access the shared space associated with the community through an portal provided by the community's public homepage or the like.
  • the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to
  • the shared subspace for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
  • the user's rights information in the community matches the shared content, otherwise the user will not be able to view the shared content in the shared space of the community, and thus the sharing plan for the shared content cannot be implemented.
  • the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
  • the rights information of the user in the community may be predetermined.
  • the user's rights information in the community may be obtained upon receiving the access request.
  • this specification does not limit the timing of acquisition of the rights information.
  • the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories.
  • determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information.
  • the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space
  • the shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department” ).
  • the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community.
  • the content for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user.
  • Permission the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user.
  • Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user.
  • the permission category 1 the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2
  • the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user.
  • the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension.
  • a specific dimension is a job grading level
  • the privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level.
  • the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than
  • the shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information.
  • the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user.
  • the shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user.
  • each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager” have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room” have a privilege level of 4
  • the level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community
  • the shared content for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower.
  • the permission level that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users.
  • the shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user
  • the at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights.
  • the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways.
  • the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3.
  • the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content.
  • the permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3.
  • the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
  • the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
  • the storage path matching the permission information in the shared space may be determined according to the rights information of the user in the community, and then the shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be a match.
  • the shared content of the permission information may be stored in advance in the same storage path of the shared space (such as in the same folder) according to the rights information of the shared content, so that by determining the storage path that matches the rights information of the user, All shared content under the storage path is quickly determined as the shared content that matches the user's permission information.
  • Step 204C Send a sharing instruction for the shared content to the server, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  • a sharing instruction for the shared content may be sent to the server in response to the detected user operation, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user. So that the target user can view the shared content, and even perform editing and the like on the shared content.
  • the server may send the shared content directly to the target user; or the server may send the access link of the shared content to the target user, so that the target user can share the share through the access link.
  • the content is accessed, for example, the access link may be a storage path of the shared content.
  • the target user may include any user specified by the user, and this specification does not limit this.
  • the target user may belong to the group to which the user belongs, or may not be related to the group; for example, from the perspective of the authority, the target user may have the authority corresponding to the shared content, and You may not have permission for this shared content.
  • the sharing scheme can be made based on the above sharing scheme.
  • Target users can also view, edit, and other shared content to facilitate project collaboration such as cross-group.
  • the above-mentioned sharing scheme can realize the reminding function for the target user, and the target user is not required to actively search in the shared space, which helps to simplify the operation of the target user. .
  • the permission setting may be performed on the shared content by sending a permission setting instruction to the server to restrict the sharing operation for the shared content. For example, it may be restricted that only the uploader of the shared content can implement the sharing operation, or the member of the specified one or more groups can be restricted from being able to perform the sharing operation, or the user above the specified authority level can be restricted from performing the sharing operation, etc. This is not a limitation.
  • the operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server limits the target user to the sharing according to the operation authority.
  • the operation of the content implementation For example, the user can set the operation permission to only allow reading, only allow reading and editing, allow reading and editing but do not allow sharing, etc., and this specification does not limit this.
  • the user who is the sharer can limit the type of operation of the shared content as the target user of the shared party, and avoid the problem of leakage of information of the shared content.
  • an operation period for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server gives the target user a temporary operation on the shared content.
  • the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period.
  • the user can set the temporary operation authority so that the temporary operation authority of the target user is set to allow only reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing. Etc., this specification does not limit this.
  • sharing restrictions can be performed on the shared content in the time dimension, so that in particular, if the target user itself does not have direct operation authority for the shared content, the risk that the shared content is leaked can be reduced.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for managing rights in a shared space according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 3, the method is applied to a server device (such as the server 11 shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
  • Step 302 Obtain permission information of the user in the community.
  • the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
  • the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories.
  • determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information.
  • the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space
  • the shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department” ).
  • the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community.
  • the content for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user.
  • Permission the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user.
  • Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user.
  • the permission category 1 the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2
  • the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user.
  • the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension.
  • a specific dimension is a job grading level
  • the privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level.
  • the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than
  • the shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information.
  • the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user.
  • the shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user.
  • each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager” have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room” have a privilege level of 4
  • the level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
  • the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community
  • the shared content for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower.
  • the permission level that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users.
  • the shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user The at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights.
  • the access rights in this specification may include rights to perform one or more operations such as reading, modifying, deleting, etc. for the shared content.
  • the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways.
  • the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3.
  • the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content.
  • the permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3.
  • the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
  • the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
  • Step 304 Manage, according to the rights information, the access rights of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the community.
  • the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to
  • the shared subspace for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
  • the user's access rights to the shared content may be consistent with the rights information, thereby applying the rights information in the community to the rights management in the process of accessing the shared content.
  • the update data of the rights information may be obtained, and the access rights of the user are updated correspondingly according to the update data.
  • the user's access rights to the shared content can also be automatically updated, eliminating the need for separate rights maintenance management.
  • the “permission information of a user in a group” is the authority information of the user in the organizational structure of the group
  • the user may be automatically determined based on the entry, departure, position transfer, department transfer, etc. appearing in the organization structure of the group.
  • the update data of the permission information, and based on the update data an automatic update of the access rights is implemented.
  • FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 are schematic diagrams of an organizational structure of an enterprise AA provided by an exemplary embodiment; as shown in FIG. 4, it is assumed that the enterprise AA includes a department 1, a department 2, a department 8, and the like. In some departments, the enterprise members of the enterprise AA have different job levels, taking the department 2 and the department 3 shown in Figure 5 as examples.
  • the enterprise members of the department 2 include the user A-user D
  • the enterprise members of the department 3 include the user E- User H, where User A and User E have a higher L4 rating, while User B-User D, User F-User H have a lower L3 rating.
  • the corresponding authority information can be set for the enterprise members of the enterprise AA, so that when the enterprise members access the "Enterprise WeChat" corresponding to the shared space of the enterprise AA, based on The own permission information implements a reasonable access operation to the shared content in the shared space.
  • the authority information of the enterprise members of the enterprise AA can be set in various ways to achieve different rights management effects. This specification does not limit the dimensions adopted; for ease of understanding, the following departments and positions are used. The two dimensions of the level are taken as an example to describe the access scheme of the shared space of this specification.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an access interface of a shared space provided by an exemplary embodiment; as shown in FIG. 6, it is assumed that the user A starts the enterprise WeChat client running on the electronic device, and triggers the enterprise WeChat client to provide
  • the "cloud disk” function option 602 can open the access interface 600 of the shared space of the enterprise AA on the "Enterprise WeChat".
  • each department can be divided into independent permission categories, such that department 1 corresponds to authority category 1, department 2 corresponds to permission category 2, and so on, and the authority information of enterprise members of each department is corresponding to the department.
  • the authority information of the user A is the permission category 2
  • the authority information of the other enterprise members such as the user B-user D of the department 2 is also the permission category 2.
  • the organizational structure of the enterprise AA can be divided into several permission categories, thereby implementing privilege isolation among enterprise members of different privilege categories. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , when the rights information of the user A belongs to the rights category 2, the user A can only view the shared content belonging to the rights category 2 on the access interface 600, such as the “personal weekly report” uploaded by the user A itself.
  • content sharing can also be achieved between different permission categories.
  • the permission information of the shared content uploaded to the shared space defaults to the uploader's permission information.
  • the user H of the department 3 uploads the shared content "work skill.doc", because the permission information of the user H is the permission category. 3. Therefore, the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc” defaults to the permission category 3, so that the user A cannot view the shared content "work skill.doc" in the access interface 600 shown in FIG.
  • the user H or the administrator of the enterprise AA can edit the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc", for example, the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc” can be edited as "permission category 3 and authority" If the category 2" or "all (ie, matches all permission categories)", then the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc” can be considered to match the permission information of the user A, so that the user A can pass as shown in FIG.
  • the access interface 700 views the shared content "Work Tips.doc".
  • the dimension adopted is the position level
  • the position level of the enterprise members in the organizational structure in the enterprise AA it can be divided into different permission levels, and the authority information of each enterprise member is the permission level.
  • the corresponding authority information may be the authority level 4
  • the position level of the user B-user D and the user F-user H is the L3 level
  • the corresponding permission information may be the permission level 3; wherein the higher permission level may cover the lower permission level, so that a larger amount of shared content in the shared space can be accessed.
  • the organizational structure of the enterprise AA can be divided into several permission levels, thereby realizing the permission isolation based on the permission level. For example, as shown in FIG. 8, when the rights information of the user C belongs to the privilege level 3, the user C can only view the shared content that is not higher than the privilege level 3 on the access interface 800, such as the "personality” uploaded by the user C itself. Weekly newspaper-C.xls” and other documents, such as "personal weekly report-B.xls” uploaded by user B, "personal weekly report-D.xls” and “project interim report.doc” uploaded by user D, "user H uploaded” Work Skills .doc", etc., while shared content uploaded by User A, User E, etc.
  • privilege level 4 cannot be presented in the access interface 800 browsed by User C because User C is determined to have a high privilege level.
  • Shared content at level 3 does not have access.
  • the permission information of the shared content uploaded to the shared space is the permission information of the uploader by default.
  • the user E of the department 3 uploads the shared content "department quarterly plan.doc", because the permission information of the user E is the permission. Level 4, and thus the permission information of the shared content "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” defaults to the permission level 4, so that the user C cannot view the shared content "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” in the access interface 800 shown in FIG.
  • the user E who is the uploader or the administrator of the enterprise AA can edit the permission information of the shared content "department quarterly plan.doc", for example, the permission information of the shared content "department quarterly plan.doc” can be edited as the authority. Level 3, then the rights information of the shared content "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” can be considered to match the rights information of the user C, so that the user C can view the shared content "Department Quarter” through the access interface 1000 as shown in FIG. Planning .doc".
  • the rights information in the organization structure can be applied to the rights management of the shared content, so that the enterprise WeChat server does not need to implement additional rights control, and the enterprise members can base themselves on accessing the shared space.
  • the permission information directly browses the matched shared content, and does not need to resort to additional permission verification means, so that the enterprise members can quickly access the shared content.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an entry display interface provided by an exemplary embodiment. Taking user A as an example, it is assumed that the enterprise WeChat client corresponding to the user A can provide the portal display interface 1100 as shown in FIG. 11 , and the portal display interface 1100 can provide the “weekly report”, “sales report”, and “development verification”.
  • the shared subspace entry of functions such as "meeting record” enables user A to quickly enter the shared subspace entry of the corresponding function by triggering the shared subspace entry.
  • the "new" option in the portal display interface 1100 can create a shared subspace of more functions, and form a corresponding shared subspace entry in the portal presentation interface 1100, while the "edit” option in the portal display interface 1100 is displayed through the portal.
  • the enterprise WeChat client can switch to the access interface 1200 as shown in FIG. 12, which can display the function belonging to the "weekly” function.
  • Shared content For example, when the department dimension rights management scheme is adopted, user A can see the shared content attributed to the rights category 2, such as the shared content "personal weekly report-A.xls" and "personal” uploaded by user A-user D in FIG.
  • the shared subspace in addition to the "shared space” and the "shared subspace", the shared subspace can be further partitioned to achieve multi-level partitioning of the "shared space".
  • the access interface 1200 can include a spatial path 1202 as shown in FIG. 12, so that the user A can implement fast jumps between different levels in the shared space.
  • the portal display interface 1100 shown in FIG. 11 can be quickly returned; when the number of levels is more, the cross-level interface jump can also be implemented, thereby
  • the convenience of the spatial path 1202 is further embodied.
  • enterprise members can share the shared content in a variety of ways.
  • the user A can upload the shared content that is desired to be shared to the shared subspace corresponding to the “Weekly” function by triggering the upload option 1204 in the interface 1200; and the user A can trigger the content.
  • the editing option 1206 in the interface 1200 is accessed to delete, modify, and the like the shared content that has been uploaded.
  • corporate members are usually only able to edit the shared content uploaded by themselves, and cannot edit the shared content uploaded by other users. Of course, users with higher management rights, such as administrators, may also have shared shares uploaded by other users. The right to edit content.
  • the user A can upload the shared content that is desired to be shared to the shared space of the enterprise AA by triggering the upload option 604 in the access interface 600; and the user A can trigger the access interface.
  • the editing option 606 in 600 deletes, modifies, and the like the shared content that has been uploaded.
  • the enterprise WeChat can provide a group function, so that the enterprise members can share the shared content through the related interface of the group function.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a group session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment; enterprise WeChat can provide a group for enterprise AA, and enterprise members of the enterprise AA can be added as group members of the group. And the group member can implement functions such as communication through the group session interface 1300 shown in FIG.
  • the enterprise WeChat client may exhibit a selection window 1304 including a number of function entries, such as the selection window 1304 shown in FIG. Includes entry options that correspond to features such as Add Member, Conference Call, Send Mail, and Receive Job.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a task initiation interface of a job receiving function provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the enterprise WeChat client may present the task initiation interface 1400 as shown in FIG. 14 to the user A to initiate the interface based on the task by the user A.
  • the 1400 initiates a homework task.
  • the task initiation interface 1400 can include a custom description area 1402 for the user A to enter descriptive information for the receiving job task to describe its requirements for the job submitted by the participant of the home task.
  • the task initiation interface 1400 can include a template addition option 1404, based on the detected triggering operation for adding the option 1404 to the template, for the user A to add a job template for the receiving task, and the participation of the receiving task
  • the user can download the job template, complete the job content based on the job template, and ensure that all participants' content can be constrained by the format of the job template, so that the content is consistent in content format, which is convenient for browsing and subsequent operations. Merge operation.
  • the storage path shown in FIG. 14 is “Enterprise AA/Weekly Report”, and the storage path belongs to a shared subspace corresponding to the “Weekly” function in the shared space corresponding to the enterprise AA, and the storage path is used for storing and receiving. Jobs submitted by participants of the job task, which will be shared content in the shared space (ie, shared subspace); wherein the task initiation interface 1400 can include a path edit option 1406 for the user A to trigger the path
  • the above storage path is edited by editing option 1406.
  • the enterprise WeChat client can issue a corresponding receiving task to the enterprise member of the enterprise AA through the group session interface 1300, for example, the receiving task can be performed.
  • the group communication message 1500 shown in FIG. 15 the specification is of course not limited to the form adopted herein.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface of a participant side of a job receiving task according to an exemplary embodiment. It is assumed that the user C can present the communication session interface 1600 as shown in FIG. 16 through the enterprise WeChat client running on the used electronic device; the following takes the user C's perspective as an example to perform related operations on the participants of the receiving task. description.
  • the communication session interface 1600 can show the group communication message 1602 corresponding to the receiving job task issued by the user A, and the user C can participate in the corresponding receiving task by triggering the group communication message 1602.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of uploading shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the group communication message 1602 may include an access link for the task processing interface 1700 as shown in FIG. 17, and after detecting that the user C triggers the group communication message 1602, the enterprise WeChat client may open the task. Processing interface 1700.
  • the task processing interface 1700 can include a description information display area 1702 for displaying the description information input by the user A in the custom description area 1402 as shown in FIG. 14 to facilitate the user C to know that he is present. The operations that need to be completed in the job task.
  • the task processing interface 1700 can include an attachment viewing area 1704, which can be used by the user C to view attachments carried by the receiving task, such as the "Weekly Report Template.xls" shown in FIG.
  • the task processing interface 1700 can include a job upload area 1706 for the user C to upload a job that he or she wishes to submit for the received job task.
  • the enterprise WeChat client can provide any form of job uploading, and this manual does not limit this.
  • a possible job uploading method is “drag and drop uploading”, and user C can drag and drop the job that is desired to be uploaded to the job uploading area 1706, and the enterprise WeChat client can detect the dragging operation and complete the subsequent uploading operation. .
  • the enterprise WeChat client can directly complete the job submission, and store the job in the corresponding storage path in the shared space, which is equivalent to realizing the pair.
  • the content of the job is shared.
  • the enterprise WeChat client can store the job to the share after detecting that the user C drags the job to the job upload area 1706 (for example, "personal weekly report - C.xls" shown in FIG. 17).
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another upload sharing content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the user C does not need to actively trigger the group communication message 1602 shown in FIG. 16 , and can directly drag the job to be uploaded to the group communication interface 1600 .
  • the user C can drag and drop the file "personal weekly report - C.xls" to the group communication interface 1600, and the enterprise WeChat client can detect the dragged file "personal weekly report - C.xls", and if the enterprise The WeChat client also detects that the group communication interface 1600 receives the receiving job task that has not been processed by the user C.
  • the enterprise WeChat client can actively display the job uploading area 1802 and the message sending area 1804 as shown in FIG.
  • the enterprise WeChat client can determine that the user C needs to send the file "personal weekly report - C.xls” as the chat content to the group "enterprise AA", and To the file "Personal weekly -C.xls” transmission operation.
  • the user A-user D belongs to the department 2 as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, and the position level of the user A is the L4 level, and the user B-user D
  • the job level is the L3 level, so it can be determined that the user A-user D belongs to the group category 2 corresponding to the department 2, and the user A has a permission level of 4, and the user B-user D has a permission level of 3.
  • the qualified user A-user D can only access the shared content of the group category 2 corresponding to the department 2 to which he belongs, and for the position level dimension, the limited user A-user D can only be lower than the own authority.
  • the shared content of the level is accessed, then: when the user A accesses the storage path corresponding to the receiving task, the user A-user D uploads the job in the access interface 1200 shown in FIG. 12; When the user C accesses the storage path corresponding to the above-mentioned receiving task, only the job uploaded by the user C is displayed in the access interface 1900 shown in FIG. 19, and the user member of the department 2 or other departments cannot be viewed. operation.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an automatic synchronization file provided by an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 20, it is assumed that the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" is included in the access interface 2000, and User A expects both User B and User C to acquire and view the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt". Although the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt” can be accessed and obtained according to the rights information of User B and User C in Enterprise AA, User B and User C may still not acquire the file in time due to various reasons such as forgetting. “Departmental Conference Projection.ppt” has affected the related work that User A originally intended to carry out.
  • the user A can trigger the file “department conference projection.ppt” in the access interface 2000 to evoke the synchronization configuration interface 2001 as shown in FIG. 20, so that the user A can implement the synchronization configuration interface 2001.
  • the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt” is automatically synchronized.
  • the synchronization configuration interface 2001 can include the option “synchronize to their own computer” and the option “synchronize to the employee's computer”
  • the option “synchronize to their own computer” can synchronize the file "department conference projection.ppt” to the On the electronic device used by User A
  • the option "Sync to Employee's Computer” can synchronize the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt” to the electronic device used by other users.
  • the employee selection window 2002 as shown in FIG. 20 can be evoked for the user A to select the target synchronization object of the file "department conference projection.ppt", such as the above user. B and user C, etc.
  • the enterprise WeChat server can automatically push the file “department conference projection.ppt” to the electronic device used by the user B and the user C (for example, the user B uses
  • the electronic device may include an electronic device that is logged in with the user account of the user B, or an electronic device that has logged in the user account of the user B, etc., so that the user B and the user C can separately store from the local device of the electronic device used by the user.
  • the space reads the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" without the user B and User C manually downloading.
  • an electronic device used by the user B is taken as an example.
  • the electronic device runs an enterprise WeChat client. After receiving the file “department conference projection.ppt” pushed by the enterprise WeChat server, the enterprise WeChat client can find out whether there is an old version of the file in the local storage space. Project .ppt", if it exists, replace the old version of the file with the file pushed by the enterprise WeChat server, so as to achieve automatic update of the file version.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an online editing file provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • Enterprise WeChat supports users to edit files online.
  • the file may include files in the above shared space, files transmitted by users through enterprise WeChat, etc., and this specification does not limit this.
  • the file “Department Conference Projection.ppt” is uploaded to the shared space by the user A, and can be located in the file storage server maintained by the enterprise WeChat server shown in FIG.
  • an online editing operation for the file "department conference projection.ppt” may be triggered, so that the file editing server maintained by the enterprise WeChat server responds to the online The editing operation realizes online editing processing of the file "department conference projection.ppt”.
  • the enterprise WeChat server can send the online editing interface for the file "participation conference projection.ppt" to the enterprise WeChat client of user A, user B and user C respectively, to be respectively user A, user B and user C Browsing and issuing an online editing instruction for the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt” based on the online editing interface, and then implementing the online "Department Conference Projection.ppt” file by the file editing server based on the received online editing instruction Edit operation.
  • By implementing the online editing operation on the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt” User A, User B and User C do not need to download and edit the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" to avoid creating multiple files and easily cause version confusion. To help reduce the probability of error.
  • User A, User B, and User C may have the same editing rights for the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt"; in another embodiment, User A, User B, and User C for the file " The department meeting projection .ppt" can have different editing rights, and according to the file "department conference projection.ppt", respectively, the user A, user B and user C are respectively divided into the allowed editing contents, so that user A, user B And the user C can only perform an online editing operation on the corresponding editable content corresponding to the user C, thereby avoiding the formation of an erroneous operation.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of triggering a sharing operation on shared content according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 shows the access interface 2200 when the user C accesses the shared space of the enterprise AA, and the shared content matching the right of the user C is shown in the access interface 2200.
  • User C wishes to share the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc”.
  • a corresponding operation option window 2201 may be displayed, and the operation option window 2201 includes operation options such as "share” and “permission setting” to Used to implement the corresponding action for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc".
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a sharing setting interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the sharing setting interface 2300 as shown in FIG. 23 can be illustrated, so that the user C can set the related document "department quarter plan.doc". .
  • the user C can select the shared object of the shared document “Department Quarterly Plan.doc” by triggering the “+Add Shared Object” option in the sharing setting interface 2300, thereby the shared document “Department Quarterly Planning” .doc” is shared to the shared object.
  • the selected shared objects in FIG. 23 include “user M”, “user N”, and “group-item X", etc., of course, user C can also select fewer or more. Shared object.
  • User C can delete the selected shared object. For example, the left side of "User M", “User N", and “Group-Item X" shown in Figure 23 are displayed with the corresponding "Delete” option, which can be used for deleting. The corresponding shared object.
  • the shared object of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” may be an individual, such as “User M”, “User N”, etc. as shown in FIG. 23; sharing of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc”
  • the object may also be a group, such as "Group-Item X" shown in FIG. 23; in fact, the present specification does not limit the type of the shared object.
  • the shared object may be an internal member of the enterprise AA, such as "user M” and the like shown in FIG. 23; the shared object may not be an internal member of the enterprise AA, for example, "user N" shown in FIG. 23 belongs to Enterprise BB does not belong to enterprise AA.
  • the shared object may be an internal group of the enterprise AA (ie, the group members are internal members of the enterprise AA); or, may be a cooperative group between the enterprise AA and other enterprises (ie, the group members are The internal members of the enterprise AA and other group members are not internal members of the enterprise AA, such as the "group-item X" shown in FIG.
  • the user C can set the operation authority of each shared object for the shared document "department quarter plan.doc", for example, the operation permission corresponding to the shared object "user M” shown in FIG. 23 is “editable”.
  • the operation permission corresponding to the shared object "user N” is "can be viewed", and the operation permission corresponding to the shared object “group-item X” is “editable”.
  • the user C can adjust the operation authority of each shared object according to actual needs; for example, for the shared object "user M", all the alternative operations can be called up by triggering the ⁇ identifier on the right side of the "can be edited”. Permissions for users C to view and select.
  • the validity period of the operation authority may also be set, so that the operation authority of the shared object for the shared document "department quarterly plan.doc" is the temporary operation authority, and is valid only in the operation time period corresponding to the validity period.
  • User C can set the validity period of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” so that the validity period is applied to all shared objects; or, user C can separately set each shared object separately.
  • the user C may select at least a part of the group members, so that the shared document "department quarterly plan.
  • the doc is shared to the at least part of the group members and is not shared to the unselected group members. For example, the member selection situation corresponding to the shared object "group-item X" in FIG.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the user C shares the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" to the user M as an example.
  • the communication session between the user C and the user M can be performed.
  • the communication session message 2401 for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” can be seen, and the user M can trigger the communication session message 2401.
  • To directly open the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” or the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” in the shared space corresponding to the access interface (similar to the access interface 2200 shown in Figure 22).
  • the shared document “Department Quarterly Plan.doc” can be directly sent to the shared object such as the user M, that is, after the user M receives the communication session message 2401.
  • the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” can be directly stored to the electronic device used by the user M or the cloud storage space corresponding to the user M.
  • the access link of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” can be sent to the user M, so that the user M can trigger the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” in the shared space by triggering the communication session message 2401. Remote access; of course, user M can also download or dump the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” from the shared space, or may also be allowed to perform operations such as downloading or dumping based on permission restrictions.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of permission setting for shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment; still taking the shared document “Department Quarterly Plan.doc” as an example, and assumes that user C has the department quarterly plan for the shared document.
  • .doc performs the operation authority of the rights setting, then in response to the user C's selection operation of the "rights setting” option in the operation option window 2201, the rights setting interface 2500 as shown in FIG. 25 can be displayed, so that the user C can Share the document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" for permission settings.
  • the configurable permissions options for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” may include “Anyone can view”, “Anyone can view/edit/share", "A designated member can view/edit/share", “Close the link” and so on.
  • any user who has permission to match the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc” can view the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc”.
  • Edit or share an action For example, when set to "designate members can view/edit/share", user C can set some users, group members, etc. to view, edit, or share the shared document "department quarter plan.doc”. For example, when set to "close link”, sharing operations for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" are not allowed.
  • the mobile group office platform can be unified to achieve unified management of rights and improve management efficiency.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device includes a processor 2602, an internal bus 2604, a network interface 2606, a memory 2608, and a non-volatile memory 2610, and may of course include hardware required for other services.
  • the processor 2602 reads the corresponding computer program from the non-volatile memory 2610 into the memory 2608 and then operates to form a shared space access device at a logical level.
  • one or more embodiments of the present specification do not exclude other implementation manners, such as a logic device or a combination of software and hardware, etc., that is, the execution body of the following processing flow is not limited to each.
  • a logical unit which can also be a hardware or logic device.
  • the access device of the shared space may include:
  • the access request receiving unit 2701 receives an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community
  • the content determining unit 2702 determines, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space to provide to the user.
  • the rights information includes rights information of the user in an organization structure of the community.
  • the method further includes: a rights obtaining unit 2703, which acquires rights information of the user in the community.
  • the community-related shared space includes at least one of the following:
  • a shared space of the community a shared subspace related to a specific function in the shared space of the community, and a shared subspace corresponding to a group belonging to the community.
  • the organization structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension; the content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
  • the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information includes at least one of the following:
  • the shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by a group member belonging to the specific permission type in the community, and the management member of the community are set as shared content belonging to the specific permission category.
  • the organization structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission levels according to a specific dimension; the content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
  • the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information includes at least one of the following:
  • the shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by the group member whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, and the management member of the group are set to be not higher than the specific permission level. Share content.
  • the specific dimension includes at least one of the following: a department, a job level.
  • the permission information of the shared content in the shared space is from:
  • the content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
  • the shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be the shared content that matches the permission information.
  • the method further includes: a path display unit 2704 or a content display unit 2705;
  • the path display unit 2704 is configured to display the determined storage path to the user, so that the user accesses the shared content that matches the permission information through the storage path;
  • the content presentation unit 2705 is configured to display the shared content under the determined storage path to the user, wherein the storage path is invisible to the user.
  • it also includes:
  • the content selection unit 2706 determines a plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content matching the permission information
  • the information extracting unit 2707 extracts the recording information of the plurality of shared contents in a specific information recording format to merge and generate new shared content.
  • the method further includes: a storage unit 2708, configured to store the shared content uploaded by the group member of the community for the upload task;
  • the content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
  • the rights information of the user is greater than the rights information of any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and the The shared content uploaded by the uploading task;
  • the rights information of the user is not greater than the rights information of the any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the upload task.
  • it also includes:
  • the determining unit 2709 is configured to determine a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by the management member of the community, where the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the community;
  • the file pushing unit 2710 pushes the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object to update to a local storage space on the electronic device used by the file synchronization object.
  • it also includes:
  • the interface returning unit 2711 returns an online editing interface of any of the files to the at least one community member according to an online editing request initiated by at least one group member of the group to any of the files;
  • the instruction receiving unit 2712 receives an online editing instruction issued by the at least one group member for the any file
  • the online editing unit 2713 in response to the online editing instruction, performs a corresponding online editing process on any of the files.
  • the online editing unit 2713 is specifically configured to:
  • it also includes:
  • a sharing request receiving unit 2714 receiving a sharing request of the user for the shared content
  • the content sharing unit 2715 shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  • the content sharing unit 2715 is specifically configured to:
  • the target user belongs to the community; or the target user is not related to the community.
  • it also includes:
  • the permission setting unit 2716 receives an operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user;
  • the operation restriction unit 2717 limits an operation performed by the target user on the shared content according to the operation authority.
  • it also includes:
  • a time period setting unit 2718 receiving an operation time period set by the user for the target user for the shared content
  • the authority giving unit 2719 assigns the target user temporary operation authority to the shared content, and the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period.
  • the access device of the shared space may include:
  • the request sending unit 2801 in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines the location according to the user's authority information in the organization structure of the community. Sharing the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information;
  • the content display unit 2802 displays, according to the data returned by the server, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
  • it also includes:
  • a file pushing unit 2803 when the user belongs to a management member of the community, determining a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by the user, where the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the group;
  • the server initiates a file push request, and the file push request instructs the server to push the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object to update the file to be synchronized to an electronic device used by the file synchronization object.
  • Local storage space
  • the file update unit 2804 when the user does not belong to the management member of the community, receives the file pushed by the server according to the file push request initiated by the management member of the community, and stores the file to the local storage space.
  • it also includes:
  • the file lookup unit 2805 searches for an old version file corresponding to the received file in the local storage space to update the old version file to the received file by the file update unit.
  • it also includes:
  • An editing request unit 2806 initiating an online editing request for any file to the server
  • the interface receiving unit 2807 receives and displays an online editing interface of the any file returned by the server.
  • the instruction sending unit 2808 sends an online editing instruction for the any file to the server according to the detected user editing operation, so that the server performs corresponding online editing processing on any of the files.
  • the corresponding edit content of the online editing instruction in the any file matches the authority information of the user in the organization structure of the community.
  • it also includes:
  • the content sharing unit 2809 in response to the detected user operation, send a sharing request for the shared content to the server, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device includes a processor 2902, an internal bus 2904, a network interface 2906, a memory 2908, and a non-volatile memory 2910, and of course may also include hardware required for other services.
  • the processor 2902 reads the corresponding computer program from the non-volatile memory 2910 into the memory 2908 and then operates to form a rights management device for the shared space on the logical level.
  • one or more embodiments of the present specification do not exclude other implementation manners, such as a logic device or a combination of software and hardware, etc., that is, the execution body of the following processing flow is not limited to each.
  • a logical unit which can also be a hardware or logic device.
  • the rights management apparatus of the shared space may include:
  • the authority obtaining unit 3001 acquires the authority information of the user in the community;
  • the authority management unit 3002 manages the access authority of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the group according to the authority information.
  • it also includes:
  • the data obtaining unit 3003 acquires update data of the authority information
  • the authority updating unit 3004 updates the access authority of the user according to the update data.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of still another apparatus provided by an exemplary embodiment.
  • the device includes a processor 3102, an internal bus 3104, a network interface 3106, a memory 3108, and a non-volatile memory 3110.
  • the processor 3102 reads the corresponding computer program from the non-volatile memory 3110 into the memory 3108 and then operates to form a sharing device that shares the content on a logical level.
  • one or more embodiments of the present specification do not exclude other implementation manners, such as a logic device or a combination of software and hardware, etc., that is, the execution body of the following processing flow is not limited to each.
  • a logical unit which can also be a hardware or logic device.
  • the sharing device of the shared content may include:
  • the request receiving unit 3201 receives a sharing request initiated by the user, and the sharing request is related to the shared content in the shared space of the group;
  • the instruction sending unit 3202 sends a sharing instruction for the shared content to the server, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  • the system, device, module or unit illustrated in the above embodiments may be implemented by a computer chip or an entity, or by a product having a certain function.
  • a typical implementation device is a computer, and the specific form of the computer may be a personal computer, a laptop computer, a cellular phone, a camera phone, a smart phone, a personal digital assistant, a media player, a navigation device, an email transceiver, and a game control.
  • a computer includes one or more processors (CPUs), input/output interfaces, network interfaces, and memory.
  • processors CPUs
  • input/output interfaces network interfaces
  • memory volatile and non-volatile memory
  • the memory may include non-persistent memory, random access memory (RAM), and/or non-volatile memory in a computer readable medium, such as read only memory (ROM) or flash memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • Memory is an example of a computer readable medium.
  • Computer readable media includes both permanent and non-persistent, removable and non-removable media.
  • Information storage can be implemented by any method or technology.
  • the information can be computer readable instructions, data structures, modules of programs, or other data.
  • Examples of computer storage media include, but are not limited to, phase change memory (PRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), other types of random access memory (RAM), read only memory.
  • PRAM phase change memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read only memory
  • flash memory or other memory technology
  • compact disk read only memory CD-ROM
  • DVD digital versatile disk
  • Magnetic cassette tape disk storage
  • quantum memory graphene-based storage media or other magnetic storage devices or any other non-transporting media
  • computer readable media does not include temporary storage of computer readable media, such as modulated data signals and carrier waves.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various information in one or more embodiments of the specification, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other.
  • the first information may also be referred to as the second information without departing from the scope of one or more embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • the second information may also be referred to as the first information.
  • the word "if” as used herein may be interpreted as "when” or "when” or "in response to a determination.”

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)
  • Storage Device Security (AREA)

Abstract

One or more embodiments of the present description provide an access method for a shared space, and a permission management method and apparatus, said access method comprising: receiving an access request from a user for a shared space associated with a group; and determining, according to permission information of the user in the organizational framework of the group, the shared content matching the permission information in the shared space, so as to provide same to the user.

Description

共享空间的访问方法、权限管理方法及装置Shared space access method, authority management method and device
本申请要求2017年11月14日递交的申请号为201711124479.X、发明名称为“共享空间的访问方法、权限管理方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权、2018年3月6日递交的申请号为201810182697.7、发明名称为“共享空间的访问方法、权限管理方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及2018年9月14日递交的申请号为201811073161.8、发明名称为“共享空间的访问方法、权限管理方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on November 14, 2017, with the application number of 201711124479.X, the invention name is "access method of shared space, authority management method and device", submitted on March 6, 2018. The priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number is 2011018182697.7, the invention name is "access method of shared space, authority management method and device", and the application number submitted on September 14, 2018 is 201811073161.8, and the invention name is "shared space". Priority of the Chinese Patent Application for Access Method, Rights Management Method, and Apparatus, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本说明书一个或多个实施例涉及通讯技术领域,尤其涉及一种共享空间的访问方法、权限管理方法及装置。One or more embodiments of the present disclosure relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a shared space access method, a rights management method, and an apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
在相关技术中,移动化团体办公平台被越来越广泛地应用于企业、教育机构、政府机关等各类团体的办公过程,不仅能够提升用户之间的沟通效率、降低沟通成本,而且能够有效提升用户的事件处理效率和办公效率。In the related technology, the mobile group office platform is more and more widely used in the business processes of various groups such as enterprises, educational institutions, government agencies, etc., which can not only improve communication efficiency between users, reduce communication costs, but also be effective. Improve user event processing efficiency and office efficiency.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本说明书一个或多个实施例提供一种共享空间的访问方法、权限管理方法及装置。In view of this, one or more embodiments of the present specification provide an access method, a rights management method, and an apparatus for a shared space.
为实现上述目的,本说明书一个或多个实施例提供技术方案如下:To achieve the above object, one or more embodiments of the present specification provide the following technical solutions:
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第一方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问方法,包括:According to a first aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a method for accessing a shared space is provided, including:
接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving a user's access request for a community-related shared space;
根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。And determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第二方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问方法,包括:According to a second aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a method for accessing a shared space is provided, including:
响应于检测到的用户操作,向服务端发送针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求,以使所述服务端根据用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹 配于所述权限信息的共享内容;And in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines the matching in the shared space according to the user's rights information in the organization structure of the community. The shared content of the permission information;
根据所述服务端返回的数据,向所述用户展示所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。And displaying, according to the data returned by the server, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第三方面,提出了一种共享内容的分享方法,包括:According to a third aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a method for sharing shared content is provided, including:
接收用户发起的分享请求,所述分享请求与团体的共享空间内的共享内容相关;Receiving a sharing request initiated by a user, the sharing request being related to the shared content in the shared space of the group;
向服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,所述分享指令用于指示所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。And sending, by the server, a sharing instruction for the shared content, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第四方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问装置,包括:According to a fourth aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, an access device for a shared space is provided, including:
访问请求接收单元,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;An access request receiving unit that receives an access request of the user for a shared space associated with the community;
内容确定单元,根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。The content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第五方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问装置,包括:According to a fifth aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, an access device for a shared space is provided, including:
请求发送单元,响应于检测到的用户操作,向服务端发送针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求,以使所述服务端根据用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容;The request sending unit, in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines the content according to the user's authority information in the organization structure of the group a shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information;
内容展示单元,根据所述服务端返回的数据,向所述用户展示所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。And displaying, by the content display unit, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information according to the data returned by the server.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第六方面,提出了一种共享内容的分享装置,包括:According to a sixth aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a sharing device for sharing content is provided, including:
请求接收单元,接收用户发起的分享请求,所述分享请求与团体的共享空间内的共享内容相关;Receiving, by the request receiving unit, a sharing request initiated by the user, where the sharing request is related to the shared content in the shared space of the group;
指令发送单元,向服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,所述分享指令用于指示所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。The instruction sending unit sends a sharing instruction for the shared content to the server, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第七方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问方法,包括:According to a seventh aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a method for accessing a shared space is provided, including:
接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving a user's access request for a community-related shared space;
根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息 的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。And determining, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第八方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问装置,包括:According to an eighth aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, an access device for a shared space is provided, including:
请求接收单元,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving, by the request receiving unit, an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community;
内容确定单元,根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。The content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space to provide to the user.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第九方面,提出了一种共享空间的权限管理方法,包括:According to a ninth aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a rights management method for a shared space is provided, including:
获取用户在团体中的权限信息;Obtain the permission information of the user in the community;
根据所述权限信息,管理所述用户对与所述团体相关的共享空间中的共享内容的访问权限。And according to the rights information, managing the access rights of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the community.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第十方面,提出了一种共享空间的权限管理装置,包括:According to a tenth aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a rights management apparatus for a shared space is provided, including:
权限获取单元,获取用户在团体中的权限信息;The authority obtaining unit obtains the authority information of the user in the group;
权限管理单元,根据所述权限信息,管理所述用户对与所述团体相关的共享空间中的共享内容的访问权限。The rights management unit manages the access rights of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the community according to the rights information.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第十一方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问方法,包括:According to an eleventh aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, a method for accessing a shared space is provided, including:
接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving a user's access request for a community-related shared space;
获取所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息;Obtaining permission information of the user in an organization structure of the group;
根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。And determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
根据本说明书一个或多个实施例的第十二方面,提出了一种共享空间的访问装置,包括:According to a twelfth aspect of one or more embodiments of the present specification, an access device for a shared space is provided, including:
请求接收单元,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving, by the request receiving unit, an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community;
权限获取单元,获取所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息;a permission obtaining unit, acquiring the authority information of the user in an organization structure of the group;
内容确定单元,根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。The content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的访问系统的架构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a shared space access system according to an exemplary embodiment.
图2A是一示例性实施例提供的一种服务端侧的共享空间的访问方法的流程图。FIG. 2A is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a server side according to an exemplary embodiment.
图2B是一示例性实施例提供的一种客户端侧的共享空间的访问方法的流程图。FIG. 2B is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a client side according to an exemplary embodiment.
图2C是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享内容的分享方法的流程图。2C is a flowchart of a method for sharing shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图3是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的权限管理方法的流程图。FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for managing rights in a shared space according to an exemplary embodiment.
图4-图5是一示例性实施例提供的一种企业AA的组织架构的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an organizational structure of an enterprise AA according to an exemplary embodiment.
图6-图10是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的访问界面的示意图。6-10 are schematic diagrams of an access interface of a shared space provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图11是一示例性实施例提供的一种入口展示界面的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an entry display interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图12是一示例性实施例提供的另一种共享空间的访问界面的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another shared space access interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图13是一示例性实施例提供的一种群组会话界面的示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a group session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图14是一示例性实施例提供的一种收作业功能的任务发起界面的示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a task initiation interface of a job receiving function provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图15是一示例性实施例提供的另一种群组会话界面的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another population group session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图16是一示例性实施例提供的一种收作业任务的参与者侧的通讯会话界面的示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface of a participant side of a job receiving task according to an exemplary embodiment.
图17是一示例性实施例提供的一种上传共享内容的示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of uploading shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图18是一示例性实施例提供的另一种上传共享内容的示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another upload sharing content provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图19是一示例性实施例提供的又一种共享空间的访问界面的示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of still another shared space access interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图20是一示例性实施例提供的一种自动同步文件的示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an automatic synchronization file provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图21是一示例性实施例提供的一种在线编辑文件的示意图。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an online editing file provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图22是一示例性实施例提供的一种触发对共享内容的分享操作的示意图。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of triggering a sharing operation on shared content according to an exemplary embodiment.
图23是一示例性实施例提供的一种分享设置界面的示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a sharing setting interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图24是一示例性实施例提供的一种通讯会话界面的示意图。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment.
图25是一示例性实施例提供的一种对共享内容进行权限设置的示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of permission setting for shared content according to an exemplary embodiment.
图26是一示例性实施例提供的一种设备的结构示意图。FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
图27是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的访问装置的框图。FIG. 27 is a block diagram of a shared space access device according to an exemplary embodiment.
图28是一示例性实施例提供的另一种共享空间的访问装置的框图。FIG. 28 is a block diagram of another shared space access device according to an exemplary embodiment.
图29是一示例性实施例提供的另一种设备的结构示意图。FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
图30是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的权限管理装置的框图。FIG. 30 is a block diagram of a rights management apparatus for a shared space according to an exemplary embodiment.
图31是一示例性实施例提供的又一种设备的结构示意图。FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of still another apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
图32是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享内容的分享装置的框图。FIG. 32 is a block diagram of a shared content sharing apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明,其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时,除非另有表示,不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本说明书一个或多个实施例相一致的所有实施方式。相反,它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本说明书一个或多个实施例的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。Exemplary embodiments will be described in detail herein, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. The following description refers to the same or similar elements in the different figures unless otherwise indicated. The embodiments described in the following exemplary embodiments do not represent all embodiments consistent with one or more embodiments of the specification. Instead, they are merely examples of devices and methods consistent with aspects of one or more embodiments of the present specification as detailed in the appended claims.
需要说明的是:在其他实施例中并不一定按照本说明书示出和描述的顺序来执行相应方法的步骤。在一些其他实施例中,其方法所包括的步骤可以比本说明书所描述的更多或更少。此外,本说明书中所描述的单个步骤,在其他实施例中可能被分解为多个步骤进行描述;而本说明书中所描述的多个步骤,在其他实施例中也可能被合并为单个步骤进行描述。It should be noted that the steps of the corresponding method are not necessarily performed in the order shown and described in the specification in other embodiments. In some other embodiments, the method may include more or fewer steps than those described herein. In addition, the individual steps described in this specification may be decomposed into multiple steps for description in other embodiments; while the multiple steps described in this specification may be combined into a single step in other embodiments. description.
图1是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的访问系统的架构示意图。如图1所示,该系统可以包括服务器11、网络12、若干电子设备,比如手机13、PC14等。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a shared space access system according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the system may include a server 11, a network 12, and a number of electronic devices, such as a mobile phone 13, a PC 14, and the like.
服务器11可以为包含一独立主机的物理服务器,或者该服务器11可以为主机集群承载的虚拟服务器。在运行过程中,服务器11可以运行某一应用的服务器侧的程序,以实现该应用的相关业务功能,比如当该服务器11运行移动化团体办公平台的程序时,可以实现为该移动化团体办公平台的服务端。其中,服务器11可以承载共享空间及其相关功能,或者该共享空间可以由其他设备承载、由服务器11实现对该共享空间的访问控制与管理等功能。The server 11 may be a physical server including a separate host, or the server 11 may be a virtual server hosted by the host cluster. During the running process, the server 11 can run a server-side program of an application to implement related business functions of the application. For example, when the server 11 runs the program of the mobile group office platform, the mobile group can be implemented. The server side of the platform. The server 11 can carry the shared space and related functions, or the shared space can be carried by other devices, and the server 11 implements access control and management functions for the shared space.
在本实施例中,移动化团体办公平台不仅可以实现通讯功能,还可以作为诸多其他功能的集成化功能平台,比如对于审批事件(如请假、办公物品申领、财务等审批事件)、考勤事件、任务事件、日志事件等团体内部事件的处理,再比如订餐、采购等团体外部事件的处理,本说明书一个或多个实施例并不对此进行限制。In this embodiment, the mobile group office platform can not only realize the communication function, but also can be used as an integrated function platform for many other functions, such as approval events (such as leave, office item application, financial and other approval events), attendance events. The processing of internal events of the group, such as task events, log events, and the like, such as ordering, purchasing, and other external events of the group, one or more embodiments of the present specification are not limited thereto.
较为具体地,移动化团体办公平台可以承载于相关技术中的即时通讯应用,比如企业即时通讯(Enterprise Instant Messaging,EIM)应用,例如Skype For
Figure PCTCN2018115003-appb-000001
Microsoft
Figure PCTCN2018115003-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018115003-appb-000003
等。当然,即时通讯功能仅为移动化团体办公平台支持的通讯功能之一,该移动化团体办公平台还能够实现更多诸如上述的其他功能,此处不再赘述。
More specifically, the mobile group office platform can be carried in instant messaging applications in related technologies, such as enterprise instant messaging (EIM) applications, such as Skype For.
Figure PCTCN2018115003-appb-000001
Microsoft
Figure PCTCN2018115003-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018115003-appb-000003
Wait. Of course, the instant messaging function is only one of the communication functions supported by the mobile group office platform, and the mobile group office platform can implement more functions such as the above, which will not be described here.
手机13、PC14只是用户可以使用的部分类型的电子设备。实际上,用户显然还可 以使用诸如下述类型的电子设备:平板设备、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑(PDAs,Personal Digital Assistants)、可穿戴设备(如智能眼镜、智能手表等)等,本说明书一个或多个实施例并不对此进行限制。在运行过程中,该电子设备可以运行某一应用的客户端侧的程序,以实现该应用的相关业务功能,比如当该电子设备运行移动化团体办公平台的程序时,可以实现为该移动化团体办公平台的客户端。The mobile phone 13 and the PC 14 are only some types of electronic devices that the user can use. In fact, users obviously can also use electronic devices such as tablet devices, notebook computers, PDAs (Personal Digital Assistants), wearable devices (such as smart glasses, smart watches, etc.), etc. Various embodiments do not limit this. During operation, the electronic device can run a client-side program of an application to implement related business functions of the application, for example, when the electronic device runs a program of the mobile group office platform, the mobile device can be implemented as the mobile device. The client of the group office platform.
需要指出的是:移动化团体办公平台的客户端的应用程序可以被预先安装在电子设备上,使得该客户端可以在该电子设备上被启动并运行;当然,当采用诸如HTML5技术的在线“客户端”时,无需在电子设备上安装相应的应用程序,即可获得并运行该客户端。It should be noted that the application of the client of the mobile group office platform can be pre-installed on the electronic device so that the client can be launched and run on the electronic device; of course, when adopting an online "customer such as HTML5 technology" At the end, the client can be obtained and run without installing the corresponding application on the electronic device.
而对于手机13、PC14与服务器15之间进行交互的网络12,可以包括多种类型的有线或无线网络。在一实施例中,该网络12可以包括公共交换电话网络(Public Switched Telephone Network,PSTN)和因特网。For the network 12 in which the mobile phone 13, the PC 14 and the server 15 interact, various types of wired or wireless networks may be included. In an embodiment, the network 12 may include a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) and the Internet.
图2A是一示例性实施例提供的一种服务端侧的共享空间的访问方法的流程图。如图2A所示,该方法应用于服务端侧设备(例如图1所示的服务器11等),可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 2A is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a server side according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2A, the method is applied to a server device (such as the server 11 shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
步骤202A,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求。 Step 202A: Receive an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community.
在一实施例中,用户可以通过客户端侧设备发起访问请求,使得服务端侧设备可以从客户端侧设备处接收相应的访问请求。In an embodiment, the user may initiate an access request through the client side device, so that the server side device can receive a corresponding access request from the client side device.
在一实施例中,用户可以为团体的内部成员,从基于该团体的相关功能界面提供的入口,实现对与该团体相关的共享空间的访问。在另一实施例中,用户可以不属于该团体,即该用户并非团体的内部成员,但用户可以通过该团体的公共主页等界面提供的入口,实现对与该团体相关的共享空间的访问。In an embodiment, the user may access the shared space associated with the community for the internal members of the community from the portal provided by the relevant functional interface of the community. In another embodiment, the user may not belong to the community, that is, the user is not an internal member of the community, but the user may access the shared space associated with the community through an portal provided by the community's public homepage or the like.
在一实施例中,所述与团体相关的共享空间,可以包括以下至少之一:所述团体的共享空间,例如该共享空间可以为该团体租用、购买或搭建的云盘等;所述团体的共享空间中与特定功能相关的共享子空间,例如该特定功能为财务管理功能时,相应的共享子空间用于存放与财务相关的文件等共享内容;归属于所述团体的群组对应的共享子空间,例如团体中的每一部门分别创建相应的群组,各个群组可以在共享空间中划分相互独立的共享子空间,以用于同一群组内的群组成员之间实现对共享内容的共享。In an embodiment, the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to The shared subspace, for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
步骤204A,根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。 Step 204A: Determine, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息,可以包括该用户在该团体的组织架构中的权限信息;当然,用户在团体中的权限信息并不一定与组织架构相关,比如单独设置的权限信息、临时设置的权限信息、具有空间或时间条件限制的权限信息等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。In an embodiment, the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息可以是预先确定的。在另一实施例中,可以在接收到的访问请求时,获取用户在团体中的权限信息。当然,本说明书并不限制对于该权限信息的获取时机。In an embodiment, the rights information of the user in the community may be predetermined. In another embodiment, the user's rights information in the community may be obtained upon receiving the access request. Of course, this specification does not limit the timing of acquisition of the rights information.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限类别,例如当该特定维度为部门时,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个部门的团体成员,从而在不同权限类别的部门之间实现权限隔离。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限类别,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限类别,确定所述共享空间内归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户归属于“财务部门”、“财务部门”被划分至权限类别1时,共享空间中归属于权限类别1的共享内容可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,但是共享空间中归属于权限类别2的共享内容可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息(比如“销售部门”被划分至权限类别2,则上述用户对归属于该“销售部门”的共享内容不具有访问权限)。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用部门之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括职位等级,可以将同一职位等级的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories. Correspondingly, determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space, determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information. For example, when the above-mentioned user belongs to the "finance department" and the "finance department" is divided into the privilege category 1, the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space The shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department" ). Of course, the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,可以包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中归属于所述特定权限类型的团体成员上传的共享内容,比如当上述用户与另一用户所属的部门均归属于权限类别1时,该另一用户上传的共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而当又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2时,该又一用户上传的共享内容不匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该又一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限类别1(该共享内容可以仍然同时匹配于权 限类别2),使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community. The content, for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user. Permission; the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user. Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user. Certainly, there may be other types of shared content that match the rights information in the shared space. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构可以被按照特定维度划分为若干权限等级,例如当该特定维度为职位等级时,由于该团体的组织架构中记录了每一团体成员的职位等级,可以使得权限等级与职位等级相关联,以在不同权限等级的团体成员之间实现权限隔离,即较高职位等级的团体成员具有较高的权限等级、较低职位等级的团体成员具有较低的权限等级。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限等级,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限等级,确定所述共享空间内权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户的权限信息指示的特定权限等级为3级时,该共享空间中权限等级不高于3级(即0-3级)的共享内容均被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,而权限等级高于3级(如4级、5级或更高等级)的共享内容被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用职位等级之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括部门,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限等级,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员,比如“总经办”的所有团体成员的权限等级为5级、“财务室”的所有团体成员的权限等级为4级、“销售部”的所有团体成员的权限等级为3级等。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension. For example, when the specific dimension is a job grading level, since the organizational structure of each group records the job grading level of each group member, The privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level. Correspondingly, the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than The shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information. For example, when the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user. The shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user. Of course, in addition to the position level, there may be many other options, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a department, and the group members in the same department may be divided into the same The privilege level, wherein each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager" have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room" have a privilege level of 4 The level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的团体成员上传的共享内容,比如当上述用户的权限等级为3级时,对于权限等级为2级的另一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更高,可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限等级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而对于权限等级为5级的又一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更低,可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限等级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户的权限等级为5级,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限等级3、不大于上述用户权限信息所指示的特定权限等级,使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又 一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community The shared content, for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower. The permission level, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users. The shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user The at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights. Certainly, there may be other types of shared content that match the rights information in the shared space. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,本说明书中的访问权限,可以包括针对共享内容实施读取、修改、删除等一种或多种操作的权限。In an embodiment, the access rights in this specification may include rights to perform one or more operations such as reading, modifying, deleting, etc. for the shared content.
在一实施例中,可以通过多种方式确定所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息。在一实施方式中,可以将上传者的权限信息作为共享内容的权限信息,比如当上传者属于权限类型1时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为该权限类型1,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为权限等级3。在另一实施方式中,可以由上传者为所述共享内容设定的权限信息,且设定的权限信息符合所述上传者的权限信息;比如当上传者属于权限类型1时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限类型1、而不能将其设置为权限类型2,而当上传者同时属于权限类型1和权限类型2时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置权限类型1和权限类型2中至少之一,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限等级0-3。在又一实施方式中,可以由团体的管理用户为所述共享内容设定权限信息。In an embodiment, the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways. In an embodiment, the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3. In another embodiment, the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content. The permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3. In still another embodiment, the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
在一实施例中,团体的管理用户是指对该团体具有管理权限的用户,该管理用户可以为该团体的团体成员、比如该团体的创建者或管理员等,或者该管理成员可以为并非该团体的团体成员、比如超级管理员等。In an embodiment, the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
在一实施例中,可以根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的存储路径,然后将确定的存储路径下的共享内容,确定为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。换言之,可以根据共享内容的权限信息,预先将相同权限信息的共享内容存储于共享空间的同一存储路径(比如同一文件夹中),从而通过确定与用户的权限信息相匹配的存储路径,即可将该存储路径下的所有共享内容快速确定为与用户的权限信息相匹配的共享内容。In an embodiment, the storage path matching the permission information in the shared space may be determined according to the rights information of the user in the community, and then the shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be a match. The shared content of the permission information. In other words, the shared content of the same rights information may be stored in advance in the same storage path of the shared space (such as in the same folder) according to the rights information of the shared content, so that by determining the storage path that matches the rights information of the user, All shared content under the storage path is quickly determined as the shared content that matches the user's permission information.
在一实施例中,可以向客户端侧设备提供确定的存储路径、以由该客户端侧设备向所述用户展示确定的存储路径,由于该存储路径下的共享内容均被认为匹配于用户的权限信息,因而该用户可以通过访问该存储路径,以实现对共享空间中匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容的访问操作。In an embodiment, the determined storage path may be provided to the client side device to display the determined storage path to the user by the client side device, because the shared content under the storage path is considered to match the user's Permission information, and thus the user can access the storage path to achieve access to the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
在一实施例中,可以向客户端侧设备提供确定的存储路径下的共享内容、以由该客户端侧设备向所述用户展示确定的存储路径下的共享内容,其中所述存储路径对所述用 户不可见,使得用户只需要关注于匹配于自身权限信息的共享内容,而无需关注共享内容所处的存储路径,比如对应于该存储路径的文件夹等,便于用户直接、快捷地浏览匹配于自身权限信息的共享内容。In an embodiment, the shared content under the determined storage path may be provided to the client side device to display the shared content under the determined storage path to the user by the client side device, where the storage path is The user is invisible, so that the user only needs to pay attention to the shared content that matches the own permission information, and does not need to pay attention to the storage path where the shared content is located, such as a folder corresponding to the storage path, so that the user can directly and quickly browse and match. The shared content of its own permission information.
在一实施例中,可以确定所述用户从匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容中选取的多份共享内容,并提取所述多份共享内容中采用特定信息记录格式的记录信息,以合并生成新的共享内容。例如,当共享内容包括团体内的各个团体成员上交的周报时,可以基于上述实施例对这些周报的记录信息进行合并处理,从而只需要查看合并后的一份共享内容、无需分别查看多份共享内容,有助于提升对共享内容的访问效率。In an embodiment, the plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content that matches the rights information may be determined, and the record information in the specific information record format in the plurality of shared content is extracted to be combined and generated. New shared content. For example, when the shared content includes a weekly report submitted by each group member in the group, the record information of the weekly reports may be merged according to the above embodiment, so that only one shared content needs to be viewed, and it is not necessary to separately view multiple copies. Sharing content helps improve access to shared content.
在一实施例中,可以存储所述团体的团体成员针对上传任务上传的共享内容。其中,该上传任务可以由上述用户发起,也可以为团体中的任何团体成员发起;在一些情况下,可以对上传任务的发起者加以身份限定,比如仅团体的管理用户可以发起、普通团体成员不能发起。那么,当所述用户的权限信息大于任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容可以包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以及所述任一团体成员针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以便于该用户对其他团体成员上传的共享内容进行访问,有助于实施管理工作;当所述用户的权限信息不大于所述任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容可以包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,而不包括所述任一团体成员针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以便于保护团体成员的个人隐私。In an embodiment, the shared content uploaded by the group members of the community for the upload task may be stored. The uploading task may be initiated by the user, or may be initiated by any group member in the community; in some cases, the initiator of the uploading task may be qualified, for example, only the administrative user of the group may initiate, and the ordinary community member Can't initiate. Then, when the rights information of the user is greater than the rights information of any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the upload task, and any of the The shared content uploaded by the group member for the uploading task, so that the user accesses the shared content uploaded by other community members, is helpful to implement management work; when the user's permission information is not greater than the member of the group When the rights information is determined, the shared content that is matched to the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and does not include the shared content uploaded by the any group member for the uploading task, so that Protect the privacy of members of the group.
在一实施例中,可以确定所述团体的管理成员选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;然后,向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间。其中,待同步文件可以包括规章制度、报销流程、商品报价单等任意文件,通过由管理成员选取待同步文件和文件同步对象,使得服务端可以主动将待同步文件推送至文件同步对象使用的电子设备的本地存储空间,而无需文件同步对象从共享空间或其他存储空间获取该待同步文件,不仅可以简化文件同步对象针对待同步文件的查找、下载等操作,而且可以通过对待同步文件的主动推送、自动更新,避免文件同步对象使用旧版本文件而带来的相关问题。In an embodiment, the file to be synchronized and the file synchronization object selected by the management member of the community may be determined, the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the community; and then, the file synchronization object is pushed to the file synchronization object The synchronization file is described to update to the local storage space on the electronic device used by the file synchronization object. The file to be synchronized may include any file such as a regulation system, a reimbursement process, a commodity quotation, and the like, and the server may actively push the file to be synchronized to the electronic device to be used for synchronization by selecting a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object by the management member. The local storage space of the device, without the file synchronization object acquiring the file to be synchronized from the shared space or other storage space, can not only simplify the operation of searching, downloading, etc. of the file synchronization object for the file to be synchronized, but also can actively push the file to be synchronized. Automatic update to avoid problems associated with file synchronization objects using older versions of files.
在一实施例中,可以根据所述团体中至少一个团体成员对任一文件发起的在线编辑请求,分别向所述至少一个团体成员返回所述任一文件的在线编辑界面;然后,接收所述至少一个团体成员发出的对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令,并响应于所述在线编辑指 令,对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。其中,在线编辑请求可由团体成员针对任意文件发起,比如上述共享空间内的文件、其他团体成员发送至该团体成员的文件、该团体成员所处群组内的共享文件等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过对任一文件发起在线编辑请求,使得团体成员可以针对该任一文件实施在线编辑处理,而无需将该任一文件下载至本地存储空间后实施编辑处理,可以避免在本地存储空间留下多个版本(比如原始版本、第一次修改版本、第二次修改版本等)的文件、防止在后续处理过程中产生混乱。除了单个团体成员的应用场景之外,文件的在线编辑处理还适用于多个团体成员之间的协同编辑场景,即多个团体成员可以分别对该任一文件实施在线编辑处理,避免在多个团体成员的本地存储空间均形成不同版本的文件,防止造成不同版本文件之间的混乱。In an embodiment, an online editing interface of any of the files may be returned to the at least one community member according to an online editing request initiated by at least one group member of the group to any of the files; and then receiving the An online editing instruction issued by at least one group member for any of the files, and in response to the online editing instruction, performing a corresponding online editing process on any of the files. The online editing request may be initiated by the group member for any file, such as the file in the shared space, the file sent by other community members to the group member, the shared file in the group where the group member is located, and the like. Make restrictions. By initiating an online editing request for any file, the group member can perform online editing processing for any of the files without having to download the file to the local storage space and then perform editing processing, thereby avoiding leaving too much in the local storage space. Files of the versions (such as the original version, the first modified version, the second modified version, etc.) to prevent confusion in subsequent processing. In addition to the application scenarios of individual group members, the online editing process of files is also applicable to collaborative editing scenarios between multiple group members, that is, multiple group members can perform online editing processing on any of the files, avoiding multiple The local storage space of group members form different versions of files, preventing confusion between different versions of files.
在一实施例中,可以确定所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容;当所述目标编辑内容匹配于发起所述在线编辑指令的团体成员在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息时,根据所述在线编辑指令对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。换言之,根据团体成员在团体的组织架构中的权限信息,可以控制各个团体成员对该任一文件中的目标编辑内容,比如团体成员A只能够编辑该任一文件中的第1-3页、团体成员B只能够编辑该任一文件的第一章等,从而对在线编辑处理实现较小细粒度上的权限管理,避免不同团体成员的在线编辑之间产生冲突。In an embodiment, the target editing content corresponding to the online editing instruction in the any file may be determined; when the target editing content matches the organization of the group initiating the online editing instruction in the group In the permission information, the corresponding online editing process is performed on any of the files according to the online editing instruction. In other words, according to the authority information of the group members in the organization structure of the group, each group member can be controlled to edit the content of the target in any file, for example, the group member A can only edit the first page 1-3 of the file, Group member B can only edit the first chapter of any of the files, etc., thereby implementing less fine-grained rights management for online editing processing, and avoiding conflicts between online editing of different group members.
在一实施例中,可以接收所述用户针对所述共享内容的分享请求,并将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户,使得该目标用户可以查看该共享内容,甚至对该共享内容实施编辑等操作。In an embodiment, the sharing request of the user for the shared content may be received, and the shared content is shared to the target user specified by the user, so that the target user can view the shared content, even the sharing Content implementation editing and other operations.
在一实施例中,可以将所述共享内容直接发送至目标用户;或者,可以将该共享内容的访问链接发送至所述目标用户,使得目标用户可以通过该访问链接对该共享内容进行访问,比如该访问链接可以为该共享内容的存储路径。In an embodiment, the shared content may be directly sent to the target user; or the access link of the shared content may be sent to the target user, so that the target user can access the shared content through the access link. For example, the access link may be a storage path of the shared content.
在一实施例中,目标用户可以包括该用户指定的任意用户,本说明书并不对此进行限制。例如,从团体归属角度而言,该目标用户可以属于上述用户所属的团体,也可以与该团体无关;再例如,从权限角度而言,该目标用户可以具备对应于该共享内容的权限,也可以不具备针对该共享内容的权限。In an embodiment, the target user may include any user specified by the user, and this specification does not limit this. For example, from the perspective of community attribution, the target user may belong to the group to which the user belongs, or may not be related to the group; for example, from the perspective of the authority, the target user may have the authority corresponding to the shared content, and You may not have permission for this shared content.
当目标用户本身并不具备对共享内容的直接操作权限(如何无法访问上述共享空间,或者由于权限不足而无法直接在该共享空间中查看到该共享内容等)时,基于上述分享方案可使该目标用户同样能够对共享内容进行查看、编辑等操作,便于实现诸如跨 团体的项目合作。当目标用户本身具备对共享内容的直接操作权限时,基于上述分享方案可使实现对该目标用户的提醒功能,并且无需目标用户主动在共享空间中进行查找,有助于简化该目标用户的操作。When the target user does not have direct operation rights to the shared content (how can not access the above shared space, or cannot directly view the shared content in the shared space due to insufficient permissions), the sharing scheme can be made based on the above sharing scheme. Target users can also view, edit, and other shared content to facilitate project collaboration such as cross-group. When the target user has the direct operation right for the shared content, the above-mentioned sharing scheme can realize the reminding function for the target user, and the target user is not required to actively search in the shared space, which helps to simplify the operation of the target user. .
在一实施例中,为了避免共享内容被随意分享,可以针对共享内容进行权限设置,以限制针对共享内容的分享操作。例如,可以限制仅该共享内容的上传者能够实施分享操作,或者可以限制指定的一个或多个团体的成员能够实施分享操作,或者可以限制指定权限等级以上的用户能够实施分享操作等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。In an embodiment, in order to prevent shared content from being arbitrarily shared, permission settings may be made for the shared content to restrict sharing operations for the shared content. For example, it may be restricted that only the uploader of the shared content can implement the sharing operation, or the member of the specified one or more groups can be restricted from being able to perform the sharing operation, or the user above the specified authority level can be restricted from performing the sharing operation, etc. This is not a limitation.
在一实施例中,可以接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作权限,从而根据所述操作权限,限制所述目标用户对所述共享内容实施的操作。例如,用户可以将操作权限设定为仅允许阅读、仅允许阅读和编辑、允许阅读和编辑但不允许分享等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过设置操作权限,使得作为分享方的用户可以限制作为被分享方的目标用户对共享内容的操作类型,避免造成共享内容的信息外泄等问题。In an embodiment, the operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be received, so that the operation performed by the target user on the shared content is restricted according to the operation authority. For example, the user can set the operation permission to only allow reading, only allow reading and editing, allow reading and editing but do not allow sharing, etc., and this specification does not limit this. By setting the operation authority, the user who is the sharer can limit the type of operation of the shared content as the target user of the shared party, and avoid the problem of leakage of information of the shared content.
在一实施例中,可以接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作时间段;然后,向所述目标用户赋予对所述共享内容的临时操作权限,所述临时操作权限仅在所述操作时间段内有效。其中,与上述操作权限相类似的,用户可以针对该临时操作权限进行设置,以使得目标用户的临时操作权限被设定为仅允许阅读、仅允许阅读和编辑、允许阅读和编辑但不允许分享等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过设置操作时间段,可以在时间维度上对共享内容进行分享限制,使得尤其是目标用户本身并不具备对该共享内容的直接操作权限的情况下,可以降低共享内容被外泄的风险。图2B是一示例性实施例提供的一种客户端侧的共享空间的访问方法的流程图。如图2B所示,该方法应用于客户端侧设备(例如图1所示的手机13、PC14等),可以包括以下步骤:In an embodiment, an operation time period for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be received; and then, the target user is given temporary operation authority for the shared content, the temporary Operation rights are only valid for the operating time period. Wherein, similar to the above operation authority, the user can set the temporary operation authority so that the temporary operation authority of the target user is set to allow only reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing. Etc., this specification does not limit this. By setting the operation time period, sharing restrictions can be performed on the shared content in the time dimension, so that in particular, if the target user itself does not have direct operation authority for the shared content, the risk that the shared content is leaked can be reduced. FIG. 2B is a flowchart of a method for accessing a shared space on a client side according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2B, the method is applied to a client side device (for example, the mobile phone 13, the PC 14, and the like shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
步骤202B,响应于检测到的用户操作,向服务端发送针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求,以使所述服务端根据用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。 Step 202B, in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines that the shared space matches according to the user's rights information in the community. The shared content of the permission information.
在一实施例中,用户可以通过客户端侧设备发起访问请求,使得服务端侧设备可以从客户端侧设备处接收相应的访问请求。In an embodiment, the user may initiate an access request through the client side device, so that the server side device can receive a corresponding access request from the client side device.
在一实施例中,用户可以为团体的内部成员,从基于该团体的相关功能界面提供的入口,实现对与该团体相关的共享空间的访问。在另一实施例中,用户可以不属于该团体,即该用户并非团体的内部成员,但用户可以通过该团体的公共主页等界面提供的入 口,实现对与该团体相关的共享空间的访问。In an embodiment, the user may access the shared space associated with the community for the internal members of the community from the portal provided by the relevant functional interface of the community. In another embodiment, the user may not belong to the community, that is, the user is not an internal member of the community, but the user may access the shared space associated with the community through an entry provided by the community's public home page or the like.
在一实施例中,所述与团体相关的共享空间,可以包括以下至少之一:所述团体的共享空间,例如该共享空间可以为该团体租用、购买或搭建的云盘等;所述团体的共享空间中与特定功能相关的共享子空间,例如该特定功能为财务管理功能时,相应的共享子空间用于存放与财务相关的文件等共享内容;归属于所述团体的群组对应的共享子空间,例如团体中的每一部门分别创建相应的群组,各个群组可以在共享空间中划分相互独立的共享子空间,以用于同一群组内的群组成员之间实现对共享内容的共享。In an embodiment, the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to The shared subspace, for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息,可以包括该用户在该团体的组织架构中的权限信息;当然,用户在团体中的权限信息并不一定与组织架构相关,比如单独设置的权限信息、临时设置的权限信息、具有空间或时间条件限制的权限信息等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。In an embodiment, the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息可以是预先确定的。在另一实施例中,可以在接收到的访问请求时,获取用户在团体中的权限信息。当然,本说明书并不限制对于该权限信息的获取时机。In an embodiment, the rights information of the user in the community may be predetermined. In another embodiment, the user's rights information in the community may be obtained upon receiving the access request. Of course, this specification does not limit the timing of acquisition of the rights information.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限类别,例如当该特定维度为部门时,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个部门的团体成员,从而在不同权限类别的部门之间实现权限隔离。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限类别,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限类别,确定所述共享空间内归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户归属于“财务部门”、“财务部门”被划分至权限类别1时,共享空间中归属于权限类别1的共享内容可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,但是共享空间中归属于权限类别2的共享内容可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息(比如“销售部门”被划分至权限类别2,则上述用户对归属于该“销售部门”的共享内容不具有访问权限)。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用部门之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括职位等级,可以将同一职位等级的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories. Correspondingly, determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space, determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information. For example, when the above-mentioned user belongs to the "finance department" and the "finance department" is divided into the privilege category 1, the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space The shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department" ). Of course, the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,可以包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中归属于所述特定权限类型的团体成员上传的 共享内容,比如当上述用户与另一用户所属的部门均归属于权限类别1时,该另一用户上传的共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而当又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2时,该又一用户上传的共享内容不匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该又一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限类别1(该共享内容可以仍然同时匹配于权限类别2),使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community. The content, for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user. Permission; the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user. Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user. Certainly, there may be other types of shared content that match the rights information in the shared space. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构可以被按照特定维度划分为若干权限等级,例如当该特定维度为职位等级时,由于该团体的组织架构中记录了每一团体成员的职位等级,可以使得权限等级与职位等级相关联,以在不同权限等级的团体成员之间实现权限隔离,即较高职位等级的团体成员具有较高的权限等级、较低职位等级的团体成员具有较低的权限等级。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限等级,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限等级,确定所述共享空间内权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户的权限信息指示的特定权限等级为3级时,该共享空间中权限等级不高于3级(即0-3级)的共享内容均被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,而权限等级高于3级(如4级、5级或更高等级)的共享内容被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用职位等级之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括部门,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限等级,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员,比如“总经办”的所有团体成员的权限等级为5级、“财务室”的所有团体成员的权限等级为4级、“销售部”的所有团体成员的权限等级为3级等。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension. For example, when the specific dimension is a job grading level, since the organizational structure of each group records the job grading level of each group member, The privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level. Correspondingly, the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than The shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information. For example, when the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user. The shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user. Of course, in addition to the position level, there may be many other options, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a department, and the group members in the same department may be divided into the same The privilege level, wherein each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager" have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room" have a privilege level of 4 The level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的团体成员上传的共享内容,比如当上述用户的权限等级为3级时,对于权限等级为2级的另一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更高,可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限等 级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而对于权限等级为5级的又一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更低,可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限等级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户的权限等级为5级,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限等级3、不大于上述用户权限信息所指示的特定权限等级,使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community The shared content, for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower. The permission level, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users. The shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user The at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights. Certainly, there may be other types of shared content that match the rights information in the shared space. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,本说明书中的访问权限,可以包括针对共享内容实施读取、修改、删除等一种或多种操作的权限。In an embodiment, the access rights in this specification may include rights to perform one or more operations such as reading, modifying, deleting, etc. for the shared content.
在一实施例中,可以通过多种方式确定所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息。在一实施方式中,可以将上传者的权限信息作为共享内容的权限信息,比如当上传者属于权限类型1时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为该权限类型1,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为权限等级3。在另一实施方式中,可以由上传者为所述共享内容设定的权限信息,且设定的权限信息符合所述上传者的权限信息;比如当上传者属于权限类型1时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限类型1、而不能将其设置为权限类型2,而当上传者同时属于权限类型1和权限类型2时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置权限类型1和权限类型2中至少之一,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限等级0-3。在又一实施方式中,可以由团体的管理用户为所述共享内容设定权限信息。In an embodiment, the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways. In an embodiment, the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3. In another embodiment, the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content. The permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3. In still another embodiment, the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
在一实施例中,团体的管理用户是指对该团体具有管理权限的用户,该管理用户可以为该团体的团体成员、比如该团体的创建者或管理员等,或者该管理成员可以为并非该团体的团体成员、比如超级管理员等。In an embodiment, the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
在一实施例中,可以根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的存储路径,然后将确定的存储路径下的共享内容,确定为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。换言之,可以根据共享内容的权限信息,预先将相同权限信息的共享内容存储于共享空间的同一存储路径(比如同一文件夹中),从而通过确定与用户的权限信息相匹配的存储路径,即可将该存储路径下的所有共享内容快速确定为与 用户的权限信息相匹配的共享内容。In an embodiment, the storage path matching the permission information in the shared space may be determined according to the rights information of the user in the community, and then the shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be a match. The shared content of the permission information. In other words, the shared content of the same rights information may be stored in advance in the same storage path of the shared space (such as in the same folder) according to the rights information of the shared content, so that by determining the storage path that matches the rights information of the user, All shared content under the storage path is quickly determined as the shared content that matches the user's permission information.
步骤204B,根据所述服务端返回的数据,向所述用户展示所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。 Step 204B: Show, according to the data returned by the server, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
在一实施例中,可以向所述用户展示确定的存储路径,由于该存储路径下的共享内容均被认为匹配于用户的权限信息,因而该用户可以通过访问该存储路径,以实现对共享空间中匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容的访问操作。In an embodiment, the determined storage path may be displayed to the user. Since the shared content under the storage path is considered to match the user's permission information, the user may access the storage path to achieve the shared space. An access operation of the shared content that matches the permission information.
在一实施例中,可以向所述用户展示确定的存储路径下的共享内容,其中所述存储路径对所述用户不可见,使得用户只需要关注于匹配于自身权限信息的共享内容,而无需关注共享内容所处的存储路径,比如对应于该存储路径的文件夹等,便于用户直接、快捷地浏览匹配于自身权限信息的共享内容。In an embodiment, the shared content under the determined storage path may be presented to the user, wherein the storage path is invisible to the user, such that the user only needs to focus on the shared content that matches the own permission information, without Pay attention to the storage path where the shared content is located, such as a folder corresponding to the storage path, etc., so that the user can directly and quickly browse the shared content that matches the own permission information.
在一实施例中,可以确定所述用户从匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容中选取的多份共享内容,使得所述多份共享内容中采用特定信息记录格式的记录信息可以被提取,以合并生成新的共享内容。例如,当共享内容包括团体内的各个团体成员上交的周报时,可以基于上述实施例对这些周报的记录信息进行合并处理,从而只需要查看合并后的一份共享内容、无需分别查看多份共享内容,有助于提升对共享内容的访问效率。In an embodiment, the plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content matching the rights information may be determined, so that the record information of the plurality of shared content adopting the specific information record format may be extracted, to Merge to generate new shared content. For example, when the shared content includes a weekly report submitted by each group member in the group, the record information of the weekly reports may be merged according to the above embodiment, so that only one shared content needs to be viewed, and it is not necessary to separately view multiple copies. Sharing content helps improve access to shared content.
在一实施例中,可以存储所述团体的团体成员针对上传任务上传的共享内容。其中,该上传任务可以由上述用户发起,也可以为团体中的任何团体成员发起;在一些情况下,可以对上传任务的发起者加以身份限定,比如仅团体的管理用户可以发起、普通团体成员不能发起。那么,当所述用户的权限信息大于任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容可以包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以及所述任一团体成员针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以便于该用户对其他团体成员上传的共享内容进行访问,有助于实施管理工作;当所述用户的权限信息不大于所述任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容可以包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,而不包括所述任一团体成员针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以便于保护团体成员的个人隐私。In an embodiment, the shared content uploaded by the group members of the community for the upload task may be stored. The uploading task may be initiated by the user, or may be initiated by any group member in the community; in some cases, the initiator of the uploading task may be qualified, for example, only the administrative user of the group may initiate, and the ordinary community member Can't initiate. Then, when the rights information of the user is greater than the rights information of any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the upload task, and any of the The shared content uploaded by the group member for the uploading task, so that the user accesses the shared content uploaded by other community members, is helpful to implement management work; when the user's permission information is not greater than the member of the group When the rights information is determined, the shared content that is matched to the rights information may include the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and does not include the shared content uploaded by the any group member for the uploading task, so that Protect the privacy of members of the group.
在一实施例中,当所述用户属于所述团体的管理成员时,可以确定所述用户选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;向所述服务端发起文件推送请求,所述文件推送请求指示所述服务端向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以将所述待同步文件更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间;当所述用户不属于所述团体的管理成员时,可以接收所述服务端根 据所述团体的管理成员发起的文件推送请求而推送的文件,并存储至本地存储空间。其中,待同步文件可以包括规章制度、报销流程、商品报价单等任意文件,通过由管理成员选取待同步文件和文件同步对象,使得服务端可以主动将待同步文件推送至文件同步对象使用的电子设备的本地存储空间,而无需文件同步对象从共享空间或其他存储空间获取该待同步文件,不仅可以简化文件同步对象针对待同步文件的查找、下载等操作,而且可以通过对待同步文件的主动推送、自动更新,避免文件同步对象使用旧版本文件而带来的相关问题。In an embodiment, when the user belongs to a management member of the community, the file to be synchronized and the file synchronization object selected by the user may be determined, and the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the community; Initiating a file push request to the server, the file push request instructing the server to push the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object, to update the file to be synchronized to an electronic device used by the file synchronization object a local storage space on the device; when the user does not belong to the management member of the community, the file that the server pushes according to the file push request initiated by the management member of the community may be received and stored in the local storage space. . The file to be synchronized may include any file such as a regulation system, a reimbursement process, a commodity quotation, and the like, and the server may actively push the file to be synchronized to the electronic device to be used for synchronization by selecting a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object by the management member. The local storage space of the device, without the file synchronization object acquiring the file to be synchronized from the shared space or other storage space, can not only simplify the operation of searching, downloading, etc. of the file synchronization object for the file to be synchronized, but also can actively push the file to be synchronized. Automatic update to avoid problems associated with file synchronization objects using older versions of files.
在一实施例中,当接收到服务端推送的文件时,可以自动查找本地存储空间中对应于接收到的文件的旧版本文件,以将所述旧版本文件更新为接收到的文件,可以防止用户将旧版本文件错当成最新版本的文件。其中,可以根据文件名称确定是否为同一文件,比如接收到的文件为“企业AA报价单.xls”时,可以查找本地存储空间中名称为“企业AA报价单.xls”的文件,以实施自动替换。在一种情况下,可以默认为接收到的文件均为最新版本;在另一种情况下,可以对比接收到的文件的版本号与查找到的文件的版本号,比如当接收到的文件的版本号为2.0、查找到的文件的版本号为1.0时,可以确定接收到的文件为最新版本、实施文件的替换操作,而当接收到的文件的版本号为2.0、查找到的文件的版本号为2.1时,可以确定接收到的文件并非最新版本、取消对文件的替换操作。In an embodiment, when the file pushed by the server is received, the old version file corresponding to the received file in the local storage space may be automatically searched to update the old version file to the received file, which may prevent The user mistakes the old version file for the latest version of the file. The file may be determined to be the same file according to the file name. For example, if the received file is "Enterprise AA Quoted Quote.xls", the file named "Enterprise AA Quote.xls" in the local storage space may be searched for automatic implementation. replace. In one case, the default is that the received file is the latest version; in another case, the version number of the received file can be compared with the version number of the found file, such as when the received file is If the version number is 2.0 and the version number of the found file is 1.0, you can confirm that the received file is the latest version and the replacement operation of the implementation file. When the version number of the received file is 2.0, the version of the found file is When the number is 2.1, it can be determined that the received file is not the latest version, and the replacement of the file is canceled.
在一实施例中,可以向所述服务端发起针对任一文件的在线编辑请求;接收并展示所述服务端返回的所述任一文件的在线编辑界面,以便于用户进行查看以及实施后续的用户编辑操作;然后,根据检测到的用户编辑操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令,以使所述服务端对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。其中,在线编辑请求可由团体成员针对任意文件发起,比如上述共享空间内的文件、其他团体成员发送至该团体成员的文件、该团体成员所处群组内的共享文件等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过对任一文件发起在线编辑请求,使得团体成员可以针对该任一文件实施在线编辑处理,而无需将该任一文件下载至本地存储空间后实施编辑处理,可以避免在本地存储空间留下多个版本(比如原始版本、第一次修改版本、第二次修改版本等)的文件、防止在后续处理过程中产生混乱。除了单个团体成员的应用场景之外,文件的在线编辑处理还适用于多个团体成员之间的协同编辑场景,即多个团体成员可以分别对该任一文件实施在线编辑处理,避免在多个团体成员的本地存储空间均形成不同版本的文件,防止造成不同版本文件之间的混乱。In an embodiment, an online editing request for any file may be initiated to the server; an online editing interface of any of the files returned by the server is received and displayed, so that the user can view and implement subsequent User editing operation; then, according to the detected user editing operation, sending an online editing instruction for the file to the server, so that the server performs corresponding online editing processing on any of the files. The online editing request may be initiated by the group member for any file, such as the file in the shared space, the file sent by other community members to the group member, the shared file in the group where the group member is located, and the like. Make restrictions. By initiating an online editing request for any file, the group member can perform online editing processing for any of the files without having to download the file to the local storage space and then perform editing processing, thereby avoiding leaving too much in the local storage space. Files of the versions (such as the original version, the first modified version, the second modified version, etc.) to prevent confusion in subsequent processing. In addition to the application scenarios of individual group members, the online editing process of files is also applicable to collaborative editing scenarios between multiple group members, that is, multiple group members can perform online editing processing on any of the files, avoiding multiple The local storage space of group members form different versions of files, preventing confusion between different versions of files.
在一实施例中,所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容匹配于所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息。换言之,根据团体成员在团体的组织架构中的权限信息,可以控制各个团体成员对该任一文件中的目标编辑内容,比如团体成员A只能够编辑该任一文件中的第1-3页、团体成员B只能够编辑该任一文件的第一章等,从而对在线编辑处理实现较小细粒度上的权限管理,避免不同团体成员的在线编辑之间产生冲突。In an embodiment, the online editing instruction corresponding to the target editing content in the any file matches the authority information of the user in the organization structure of the community. In other words, according to the authority information of the group members in the organization structure of the group, each group member can be controlled to edit the content of the target in any file, for example, the group member A can only edit the first page 1-3 of the file, Group member B can only edit the first chapter of any of the files, etc., thereby implementing less fine-grained rights management for online editing processing, and avoiding conflicts between online editing of different group members.
在一实施例中,可以响应于检测到的用户操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,以使所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户,使得该目标用户可以查看该共享内容,甚至对该共享内容实施编辑等操作。In an embodiment, a sharing instruction for the shared content may be sent to the server in response to the detected user operation, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user. So that the target user can view the shared content, and even perform editing and the like on the shared content.
在一实施例中,服务端可以将所述共享内容直接发送至目标用户;或者,服务端可以将该共享内容的访问链接发送至所述目标用户,使得目标用户可以通过该访问链接对该共享内容进行访问,比如该访问链接可以为该共享内容的存储路径。In an embodiment, the server may send the shared content directly to the target user; or the server may send the access link of the shared content to the target user, so that the target user can share the share through the access link. The content is accessed, for example, the access link may be a storage path of the shared content.
在一实施例中,目标用户可以包括该用户指定的任意用户,本说明书并不对此进行限制。例如,从团体归属角度而言,该目标用户可以属于上述用户所属的团体,也可以与该团体无关;再例如,从权限角度而言,该目标用户可以具备对应于该共享内容的权限,也可以不具备针对该共享内容的权限。In an embodiment, the target user may include any user specified by the user, and this specification does not limit this. For example, from the perspective of community attribution, the target user may belong to the group to which the user belongs, or may not be related to the group; for example, from the perspective of the authority, the target user may have the authority corresponding to the shared content, and You may not have permission for this shared content.
当目标用户本身并不具备对共享内容的直接操作权限(如何无法访问上述共享空间,或者由于权限不足而无法直接在该共享空间中查看到该共享内容等)时,基于上述分享方案可使该目标用户同样能够对共享内容进行查看、编辑等操作,便于实现诸如跨团体的项目合作。当目标用户本身具备对共享内容的直接操作权限时,基于上述分享方案可使实现对该目标用户的提醒功能,并且无需目标用户主动在共享空间中进行查找,有助于简化该目标用户的操作。When the target user does not have direct operation rights to the shared content (how can not access the above shared space, or cannot directly view the shared content in the shared space due to insufficient permissions), the sharing scheme can be made based on the above sharing scheme. Target users can also view, edit, and other shared content to facilitate project collaboration such as cross-group. When the target user has the direct operation right for the shared content, the above-mentioned sharing scheme can realize the reminding function for the target user, and the target user is not required to actively search in the shared space, which helps to simplify the operation of the target user. .
在一实施例中,为了避免共享内容被随意分享,可以通过向服务端发送权限设置指令,针对共享内容进行权限设置,以限制针对共享内容的分享操作。例如,可以限制仅该共享内容的上传者能够实施分享操作,或者可以限制指定的一个或多个团体的成员能够实施分享操作,或者可以限制指定权限等级以上的用户能够实施分享操作等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。In an embodiment, in order to prevent the shared content from being arbitrarily shared, the permission setting may be performed on the shared content by sending a permission setting instruction to the server to restrict the sharing operation for the shared content. For example, it may be restricted that only the uploader of the shared content can implement the sharing operation, or the member of the specified one or more groups can be restricted from being able to perform the sharing operation, or the user above the specified authority level can be restricted from performing the sharing operation, etc. This is not a limitation.
在一实施例中,可以向服务端指示所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作权限,以使得服务端根据所述操作权限,限制所述目标用户对所述共享内容实施的操作。例如,用户可以将操作权限设定为仅允许阅读、仅允许阅读和编辑、允许阅 读和编辑但不允许分享等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过设置操作权限,使得作为分享方的用户可以限制作为被分享方的目标用户对共享内容的操作类型,避免造成共享内容的信息外泄等问题。In an embodiment, the operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server limits the target user to the sharing according to the operation authority. The operation of the content implementation. For example, the user can set the operation authority to only allow reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing, etc., and this specification does not limit this. By setting the operation authority, the user who is the sharer can limit the type of operation of the shared content as the target user of the shared party, and avoid the problem of leakage of information of the shared content.
在一实施例中,可以向服务端指示所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作时间段,以使服务端向所述目标用户赋予对所述共享内容的临时操作权限,所述临时操作权限仅在所述操作时间段内有效。其中,与上述操作权限相类似的,用户可以针对该临时操作权限进行设置,以使得目标用户的临时操作权限被设定为仅允许阅读、仅允许阅读和编辑、允许阅读和编辑但不允许分享等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过设置操作时间段,可以在时间维度上对共享内容进行分享限制,使得尤其是目标用户本身并不具备对该共享内容的直接操作权限的情况下,可以降低共享内容被外泄的风险。In an embodiment, an operation period for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server gives the target user a temporary operation on the shared content. Permission, the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period. Wherein, similar to the above operation authority, the user can set the temporary operation authority so that the temporary operation authority of the target user is set to allow only reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing. Etc., this specification does not limit this. By setting the operation time period, sharing restrictions can be performed on the shared content in the time dimension, so that in particular, if the target user itself does not have direct operation authority for the shared content, the risk that the shared content is leaked can be reduced.
图2C是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享内容的分享方法的流程图。如图2C所示,该方法应用于客户端侧设备(例如图1所示的手机13、PC14等),可以包括以下步骤:2C is a flowchart of a method for sharing shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 2C, the method is applied to a client side device (for example, the mobile phone 13, the PC 14, and the like shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
步骤202C,接收用户发起的分享请求,所述分享请求与团体的共享空间内的共享内容相关。 Step 202C: Receive a sharing request initiated by a user, where the sharing request is related to the shared content in the shared space of the community.
在一实施例中,用户可以为团体的内部成员,从基于该团体的相关功能界面提供的入口,实现对与该团体相关的共享空间的访问。在另一实施例中,用户可以不属于该团体,即该用户并非团体的内部成员,但用户可以通过该团体的公共主页等界面提供的入口,实现对与该团体相关的共享空间的访问。In an embodiment, the user may access the shared space associated with the community for the internal members of the community from the portal provided by the relevant functional interface of the community. In another embodiment, the user may not belong to the community, that is, the user is not an internal member of the community, but the user may access the shared space associated with the community through an portal provided by the community's public homepage or the like.
在一实施例中,所述与团体相关的共享空间,可以包括以下至少之一:所述团体的共享空间,例如该共享空间可以为该团体租用、购买或搭建的云盘等;所述团体的共享空间中与特定功能相关的共享子空间,例如该特定功能为财务管理功能时,相应的共享子空间用于存放与财务相关的文件等共享内容;归属于所述团体的群组对应的共享子空间,例如团体中的每一部门分别创建相应的群组,各个群组可以在共享空间中划分相互独立的共享子空间,以用于同一群组内的群组成员之间实现对共享内容的共享。In an embodiment, the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to The shared subspace, for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息匹配于共享内容,否则该用户将无法在该团体的共享空间内查看到该共享内容,从而无法实施针对该共享内容的分享方案。In an embodiment, the user's rights information in the community matches the shared content, otherwise the user will not be able to view the shared content in the shared space of the community, and thus the sharing plan for the shared content cannot be implemented.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息,可以包括该用户在该团体的组织架构中的权限信息;当然,用户在团体中的权限信息并不一定与组织架构相关,比如单独设置 的权限信息、临时设置的权限信息、具有空间或时间条件限制的权限信息等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。In an embodiment, the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息可以是预先确定的。在另一实施例中,可以在接收到的访问请求时,获取用户在团体中的权限信息。当然,本说明书并不限制对于该权限信息的获取时机。In an embodiment, the rights information of the user in the community may be predetermined. In another embodiment, the user's rights information in the community may be obtained upon receiving the access request. Of course, this specification does not limit the timing of acquisition of the rights information.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限类别,例如当该特定维度为部门时,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个部门的团体成员,从而在不同权限类别的部门之间实现权限隔离。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限类别,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限类别,确定所述共享空间内归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户归属于“财务部门”、“财务部门”被划分至权限类别1时,共享空间中归属于权限类别1的共享内容可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,但是共享空间中归属于权限类别2的共享内容可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息(比如“销售部门”被划分至权限类别2,则上述用户对归属于该“销售部门”的共享内容不具有访问权限)。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用部门之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括职位等级,可以将同一职位等级的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories. Correspondingly, determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space, determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information. For example, when the above-mentioned user belongs to the "finance department" and the "finance department" is divided into the privilege category 1, the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space The shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department" ). Of course, the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,可以包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中归属于所述特定权限类型的团体成员上传的共享内容,比如当上述用户与另一用户所属的部门均归属于权限类别1时,该另一用户上传的共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而当又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2时,该又一用户上传的共享内容不匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该又一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限类别1(该共享内容可以仍然同时匹配于权限类别2),使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共 享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community. The content, for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user. Permission; the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user. Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user. Of course, there may be other types of shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构可以被按照特定维度划分为若干权限等级,例如当该特定维度为职位等级时,由于该团体的组织架构中记录了每一团体成员的职位等级,可以使得权限等级与职位等级相关联,以在不同权限等级的团体成员之间实现权限隔离,即较高职位等级的团体成员具有较高的权限等级、较低职位等级的团体成员具有较低的权限等级。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限等级,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限等级,确定所述共享空间内权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户的权限信息指示的特定权限等级为3级时,该共享空间中权限等级不高于3级(即0-3级)的共享内容均被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,而权限等级高于3级(如4级、5级或更高等级)的共享内容被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用职位等级之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括部门,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限等级,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员,比如“总经办”的所有团体成员的权限等级为5级、“财务室”的所有团体成员的权限等级为4级、“销售部”的所有团体成员的权限等级为3级等。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension. For example, when the specific dimension is a job grading level, since the organizational structure of each group records the job grading level of each group member, The privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level. Correspondingly, the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than The shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information. For example, when the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user. The shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user. Of course, in addition to the position level, there may be many other options, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a department, and the group members in the same department may be divided into the same The privilege level, wherein each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager" have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room" have a privilege level of 4 The level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的团体成员上传的共享内容,比如当上述用户的权限等级为3级时,对于权限等级为2级的另一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更高,可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限等级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而对于权限等级为5级的又一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更低,可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限等级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户的权限等级为5级,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限等级3、不大于上述用户权限信息所指示的特定权限等级,使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一 列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community The shared content, for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower. The permission level, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users. The shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user The at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights. Of course, there may be other types of shared content in the shared space that match the rights information. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,可以通过多种方式确定所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息。在一实施方式中,可以将上传者的权限信息作为共享内容的权限信息,比如当上传者属于权限类型1时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为该权限类型1,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为权限等级3。在另一实施方式中,可以由上传者为所述共享内容设定的权限信息,且设定的权限信息符合所述上传者的权限信息;比如当上传者属于权限类型1时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限类型1、而不能将其设置为权限类型2,而当上传者同时属于权限类型1和权限类型2时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置权限类型1和权限类型2中至少之一,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限等级0-3。在又一实施方式中,可以由团体的管理用户为所述共享内容设定权限信息。In an embodiment, the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways. In an embodiment, the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3. In another embodiment, the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content. The permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3. In still another embodiment, the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
在一实施例中,团体的管理用户是指对该团体具有管理权限的用户,该管理用户可以为该团体的团体成员、比如该团体的创建者或管理员等,或者该管理成员可以为并非该团体的团体成员、比如超级管理员等。In an embodiment, the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
在一实施例中,可以根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的存储路径,然后将确定的存储路径下的共享内容,确定为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。换言之,可以根据共享内容的权限信息,预先将相同权限信息的共享内容存储于共享空间的同一存储路径(比如同一文件夹中),从而通过确定与用户的权限信息相匹配的存储路径,即可将该存储路径下的所有共享内容快速确定为与用户的权限信息相匹配的共享内容。In an embodiment, the storage path matching the permission information in the shared space may be determined according to the rights information of the user in the community, and then the shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be a match. The shared content of the permission information. In other words, the shared content of the same rights information may be stored in advance in the same storage path of the shared space (such as in the same folder) according to the rights information of the shared content, so that by determining the storage path that matches the rights information of the user, All shared content under the storage path is quickly determined as the shared content that matches the user's permission information.
步骤204C,向服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,所述分享指令用于指示所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。在一实施例中,可以响应于检测到的用户操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,以使所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户,使得该目标用户可以查看该共享内容,甚至对该共享内容实施编辑等操作。Step 204C: Send a sharing instruction for the shared content to the server, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user. In an embodiment, a sharing instruction for the shared content may be sent to the server in response to the detected user operation, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user. So that the target user can view the shared content, and even perform editing and the like on the shared content.
在一实施例中,服务端可以将所述共享内容直接发送至目标用户;或者,服务端可以将该共享内容的访问链接发送至所述目标用户,使得目标用户可以通过该访问链接对该共享内容进行访问,比如该访问链接可以为该共享内容的存储路径。In an embodiment, the server may send the shared content directly to the target user; or the server may send the access link of the shared content to the target user, so that the target user can share the share through the access link. The content is accessed, for example, the access link may be a storage path of the shared content.
在一实施例中,目标用户可以包括该用户指定的任意用户,本说明书并不对此进行 限制。例如,从团体归属角度而言,该目标用户可以属于上述用户所属的团体,也可以与该团体无关;再例如,从权限角度而言,该目标用户可以具备对应于该共享内容的权限,也可以不具备针对该共享内容的权限。In an embodiment, the target user may include any user specified by the user, and this specification does not limit this. For example, from the perspective of community attribution, the target user may belong to the group to which the user belongs, or may not be related to the group; for example, from the perspective of the authority, the target user may have the authority corresponding to the shared content, and You may not have permission for this shared content.
当目标用户本身并不具备对共享内容的直接操作权限(如何无法访问上述共享空间,或者由于权限不足而无法直接在该共享空间中查看到该共享内容等)时,基于上述分享方案可使该目标用户同样能够对共享内容进行查看、编辑等操作,便于实现诸如跨团体的项目合作。当目标用户本身具备对共享内容的直接操作权限时,基于上述分享方案可使实现对该目标用户的提醒功能,并且无需目标用户主动在共享空间中进行查找,有助于简化该目标用户的操作。When the target user does not have direct operation rights to the shared content (how can not access the above shared space, or cannot directly view the shared content in the shared space due to insufficient permissions), the sharing scheme can be made based on the above sharing scheme. Target users can also view, edit, and other shared content to facilitate project collaboration such as cross-group. When the target user has the direct operation right for the shared content, the above-mentioned sharing scheme can realize the reminding function for the target user, and the target user is not required to actively search in the shared space, which helps to simplify the operation of the target user. .
在一实施例中,为了避免共享内容被随意分享,可以通过向服务端发送权限设置指令,针对共享内容进行权限设置,以限制针对共享内容的分享操作。例如,可以限制仅该共享内容的上传者能够实施分享操作,或者可以限制指定的一个或多个团体的成员能够实施分享操作,或者可以限制指定权限等级以上的用户能够实施分享操作等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。In an embodiment, in order to prevent the shared content from being arbitrarily shared, the permission setting may be performed on the shared content by sending a permission setting instruction to the server to restrict the sharing operation for the shared content. For example, it may be restricted that only the uploader of the shared content can implement the sharing operation, or the member of the specified one or more groups can be restricted from being able to perform the sharing operation, or the user above the specified authority level can be restricted from performing the sharing operation, etc. This is not a limitation.
在一实施例中,可以向服务端指示所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作权限,以使得服务端根据所述操作权限,限制所述目标用户对所述共享内容实施的操作。例如,用户可以将操作权限设定为仅允许阅读、仅允许阅读和编辑、允许阅读和编辑但不允许分享等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过设置操作权限,使得作为分享方的用户可以限制作为被分享方的目标用户对共享内容的操作类型,避免造成共享内容的信息外泄等问题。In an embodiment, the operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server limits the target user to the sharing according to the operation authority. The operation of the content implementation. For example, the user can set the operation permission to only allow reading, only allow reading and editing, allow reading and editing but do not allow sharing, etc., and this specification does not limit this. By setting the operation authority, the user who is the sharer can limit the type of operation of the shared content as the target user of the shared party, and avoid the problem of leakage of information of the shared content.
在一实施例中,可以向服务端指示所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作时间段,以使服务端向所述目标用户赋予对所述共享内容的临时操作权限,所述临时操作权限仅在所述操作时间段内有效。其中,与上述操作权限相类似的,用户可以针对该临时操作权限进行设置,以使得目标用户的临时操作权限被设定为仅允许阅读、仅允许阅读和编辑、允许阅读和编辑但不允许分享等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。通过设置操作时间段,可以在时间维度上对共享内容进行分享限制,使得尤其是目标用户本身并不具备对该共享内容的直接操作权限的情况下,可以降低共享内容被外泄的风险。In an embodiment, an operation period for the shared content set by the user for the target user may be indicated to the server, so that the server gives the target user a temporary operation on the shared content. Permission, the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period. Wherein, similar to the above operation authority, the user can set the temporary operation authority so that the temporary operation authority of the target user is set to allow only reading, only reading and editing, allowing reading and editing but not sharing. Etc., this specification does not limit this. By setting the operation time period, sharing restrictions can be performed on the shared content in the time dimension, so that in particular, if the target user itself does not have direct operation authority for the shared content, the risk that the shared content is leaked can be reduced.
图3是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的权限管理方法的流程图。如图3所示,该方法应用于服务端侧设备(例如图1所示的服务器11等),可以包括以下步骤:FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for managing rights in a shared space according to an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 3, the method is applied to a server device (such as the server 11 shown in FIG. 1), and may include the following steps:
步骤302,获取用户在团体中的权限信息。Step 302: Obtain permission information of the user in the community.
在一实施例中,用户在团体中的权限信息,可以包括该用户在该团体的组织架构中的权限信息;当然,用户在团体中的权限信息并不一定与组织架构相关,比如单独设置的权限信息、临时设置的权限信息、具有空间或时间条件限制的权限信息等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。In an embodiment, the rights information of the user in the community may include the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group; of course, the rights information of the user in the group is not necessarily related to the organizational structure, such as separately set. Permission information, temporarily set permission information, permission information with space or time conditions, etc., are not limited in this specification.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限类别,例如当该特定维度为部门时,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个部门的团体成员,从而在不同权限类别的部门之间实现权限隔离。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限类别,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限类别,确定所述共享空间内归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户归属于“财务部门”、“财务部门”被划分至权限类别1时,共享空间中归属于权限类别1的共享内容可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,但是共享空间中归属于权限类别2的共享内容可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息(比如“销售部门”被划分至权限类别2,则上述用户对归属于该“销售部门”的共享内容不具有访问权限)。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用部门之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括职位等级,可以将同一职位等级的团体成员划分至相同的权限类别,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension, for example, when the specific dimension is a department, the group members of the same department may be divided into the same permission category, wherein each permission category You can include group members from one or more departments to achieve privilege isolation between departments in different privilege categories. Correspondingly, determining, according to the specific permission category with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space, determining that the shared space belongs to the specific permission The shared content of the category as the shared content that matches the permission information. For example, when the above-mentioned user belongs to the "finance department" and the "finance department" is divided into the privilege category 1, the shared content belonging to the privilege category 1 in the shared space may be considered to match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user, but in the shared space The shared content attributed to the privilege category 2 may be considered to not match the privilege information of the above-mentioned user (for example, the "sales department" is divided into the privilege category 2, then the user does not have access to the shared content belonging to the "sales department" ). Of course, the above specific dimensions may have many other options besides the department, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a job level, and the group members of the same job level may be divided into the same Permission categories, where each permission category can include group members of one or more job levels.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,可以包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中归属于所述特定权限类型的团体成员上传的共享内容,比如当上述用户与另一用户所属的部门均归属于权限类别1时,该另一用户上传的共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而当又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2时,该又一用户上传的共享内容不匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对于该又一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户所属的部门归属于权限类别2,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限类别1(该共享内容可以仍然同时匹配于权限类别2),使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共享空间 内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space may include at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user, and the shared by the group members belonging to the specific permission type in the community. The content, for example, when the user and the department to which the other user belongs belong to the permission category 1, the shared content uploaded by the other user matches the permission information of the user, that is, the shared content uploaded by the user for the another user has Access rights, and when the department to which another user belongs belongs to the rights category 2, the shared content uploaded by the other user does not match the rights information of the user, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user. Permission; the management member of the group is set to be shared content belonging to the specific permission category, for example, although the department to which the other user belongs belongs to the permission category 2, the management user may actively upload the at least one user. Part of the shared content is set to match the permission category 1 (the shared content can still be at the same time Arranged for permission category 2), so that the user uploads further rights information matches at least a portion shared content to the user, the at least a portion of the shared content that is uploaded to the said user has access to another user. Of course, there may be other types of shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,所述团体的组织架构可以被按照特定维度划分为若干权限等级,例如当该特定维度为职位等级时,由于该团体的组织架构中记录了每一团体成员的职位等级,可以使得权限等级与职位等级相关联,以在不同权限等级的团体成员之间实现权限隔离,即较高职位等级的团体成员具有较高的权限等级、较低职位等级的团体成员具有较低的权限等级。相应地,可以根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限等级,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限等级,确定所述共享空间内权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。例如,当上述用户的权限信息指示的特定权限等级为3级时,该共享空间中权限等级不高于3级(即0-3级)的共享内容均被认为匹配于上述用户的权限信息,而权限等级高于3级(如4级、5级或更高等级)的共享内容被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限信息。当然,上述的特定维度除了可以采用职位等级之外,还可以存在很多其他选择,本说明书并不对此进行限制;例如,该特定维度还可以包括部门,可以将同一部门的团体成员划分至相同的权限等级,其中每一权限类别可以包括一个或多个职位等级的团体成员,比如“总经办”的所有团体成员的权限等级为5级、“财务室”的所有团体成员的权限等级为4级、“销售部”的所有团体成员的权限等级为3级等。In an embodiment, the organizational structure of the group may be divided into a plurality of privilege levels according to a specific dimension. For example, when the specific dimension is a job grading level, since the organizational structure of each group records the job grading level of each group member, The privilege level can be associated with the job tier to achieve privilege isolation between group members at different privilege levels, ie, group members with higher rank levels have higher privilege levels, and group members with lower rank tiers have lower privilege levels. Permission level. Correspondingly, the specific permission level with the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission level indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined that the permission level in the shared space is not higher than The shared content of a specific privilege level is used as the shared content that matches the privilege information. For example, when the specific privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the user is 3, the shared content in the shared space whose privilege level is not higher than the level 3 (ie, 0-3) is considered to match the privilege information of the user. The shared content whose privilege level is higher than level 3 (such as level 4, level 5 or higher) is considered to not match the privilege information of the above user. Of course, in addition to the position level, there may be many other options, and the specification does not limit this; for example, the specific dimension may also include a department, and the group members in the same department may be divided into the same The privilege level, wherein each privilege category may include one or more group members of the position level, for example, all group members of the "General Manager" have a privilege level of 5, and all group members of the "finance room" have a privilege level of 4 The level of authority of all group members of the "Sales" department is level 3.
其中,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:所述用户自己上传的共享内容;所述团体中权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的团体成员上传的共享内容,比如当上述用户的权限等级为3级时,对于权限等级为2级的另一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更高,可以被认为匹配于上述用户的权限等级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容具有访问权限,而对于权限等级为5级的又一用户上传的共享内容,由于上述用户的权限等级更低,可以被认为不匹配于上述用户的权限等级、即上述用户对于该另一用户上传的共享内容不具有访问权限;所述团体的管理成员设定为权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,比如虽然上述又一用户的权限等级为5级,但是管理用户可以主动将该又一用户上传的至少一部分共享内容设定为匹配于权限等级3、不大于上述用户权限信息所指示的特定权限等级,使得该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容匹配于上述用户的权限信息、即上述用户对该又一用户上传的该至少一部分共享内容具有访问权限。当然,共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容还可以存在其他类型,本说明书并不对此进行限制,此处不再一一列举。The shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space includes at least one of the following: the shared content uploaded by the user; and the group member whose privilege level is not higher than the specific privilege level in the community The shared content, for example, when the privilege level of the user is 3, the shared content uploaded by another user whose privilege level is 2, because the privilege level of the user is higher, it can be considered to match the privilege level of the user. That is, the user has access rights to the shared content uploaded by the other user, and the shared content uploaded by another user with the privilege level of 5 is considered to be unmatched by the user because the privilege level of the user is lower. The permission level, that is, the user does not have access to the shared content uploaded by the other user; the management member of the group is set to the shared content whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, such as although the above-mentioned another user The permission level is 5, but the management user can actively upload at least one of the other users. The shared content is set to match the privilege level 3 and is not greater than the specific privilege level indicated by the user privilege information, so that the at least part of the shared content uploaded by the further user matches the privilege information of the user, that is, the user The at least one part of the shared content uploaded by another user has access rights. Certainly, there may be other types of shared content that match the rights information in the shared space. This specification does not limit this, and is not listed here.
在一实施例中,本说明书中的访问权限,可以包括针对共享内容实施读取、修改、删除等一种或多种操作的权限。In an embodiment, the access rights in this specification may include rights to perform one or more operations such as reading, modifying, deleting, etc. for the shared content.
在一实施例中,可以通过多种方式确定所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息。在一实施方式中,可以将上传者的权限信息作为共享内容的权限信息,比如当上传者属于权限类型1时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为该权限类型1,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者上传的共享内容的权限信息被设置为权限等级3。在另一实施方式中,可以由上传者为所述共享内容设定的权限信息,且设定的权限信息符合所述上传者的权限信息;比如当上传者属于权限类型1时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限类型1、而不能将其设置为权限类型2,而当上传者同时属于权限类型1和权限类型2时,该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置权限类型1和权限类型2中至少之一,再比如当上传者的权限等级为3级时、该上传者可以将上传的共享内容的权限信息设置为权限等级0-3。在又一实施方式中,可以由团体的管理用户为所述共享内容设定权限信息。In an embodiment, the rights information of the shared content in the shared space may be determined in various ways. In an embodiment, the rights information of the uploader may be used as the rights information of the shared content. For example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the rights information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission type 1, and then When the uploader's permission level is 3, the permission information of the shared content uploaded by the uploader is set to the permission level 3. In another embodiment, the rights information that is set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set rights information meets the rights information of the uploader; for example, when the uploader belongs to the rights type 1, the uploader The permission information of the uploaded shared content can be set to the permission type 1 and cannot be set to the permission type 2, and when the uploader belongs to both the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, the uploader can upload the shared content. The permission information sets at least one of the permission type 1 and the permission type 2, and when the uploader's permission level is 3, the uploader can set the permission information of the uploaded shared content to the permission level 0-3. In still another embodiment, the rights information may be set by the administrative user of the community for the shared content.
在一实施例中,团体的管理用户是指对该团体具有管理权限的用户,该管理用户可以为该团体的团体成员、比如该团体的创建者或管理员等,或者该管理成员可以为并非该团体的团体成员、比如超级管理员等。In an embodiment, the administrative user of the group refers to a user who has administrative rights to the group, and the administrative user may be a group member of the group, such as a creator or administrator of the group, or the management member may be not Group members of the group, such as super administrators.
步骤304,根据所述权限信息,管理所述用户对与所述团体相关的共享空间中的共享内容的访问权限。Step 304: Manage, according to the rights information, the access rights of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the community.
在一实施例中,所述与团体相关的共享空间,可以包括以下至少之一:所述团体的共享空间,例如该共享空间可以为该团体租用、购买或搭建的云盘等;所述团体的共享空间中与特定功能相关的共享子空间,例如该特定功能为财务管理功能时,相应的共享子空间用于存放与财务相关的文件等共享内容;归属于所述团体的群组对应的共享子空间,例如团体中的每一部门分别创建相应的群组,各个群组可以在共享空间中划分相互独立的共享子空间,以用于同一群组内的群组成员之间实现对共享内容的共享。In an embodiment, the community-related shared space may include at least one of the following: a shared space of the group, for example, the shared space may be a cloud disk rented, purchased, or built by the group; a shared subspace associated with a specific function in the shared space, for example, when the specific function is a financial management function, the corresponding shared subspace is used to store shared content such as financial related files; and the group belonging to the community corresponds to The shared subspace, for example, each department in the community respectively creates a corresponding group, and each group can divide the shared subspaces in the shared space for sharing between the group members in the same group. Sharing of content.
在一实施例中,根据用户在团体中的权限信息,可以使该用户对共享内容的访问权限与该权限信息一致,从而将团体中权限信息应用于对共享内容的访问过程中的权限管理。In an embodiment, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the user's access rights to the shared content may be consistent with the rights information, thereby applying the rights information in the community to the rights management in the process of accessing the shared content.
在一实施例中,可以获取所述权限信息的更新数据,并根据所述更新数据,对所述用户的访问权限进行相应更新。换言之,当用户在团体中的权限信息发生更新时,该用户对共享内容的访问权限也可以随之自动更新,免除单独的权限维护管理。例如,当“用 户在团体中的权限信息”为该用户在团体的组织架构中的权限信息时,基于团体的组织架构中出现的入职、离职、职位调动、部门调动等,可以自动确定该用户的权限信息的更新数据,并基于该更新数据实现对访问权限的自动更新。In an embodiment, the update data of the rights information may be obtained, and the access rights of the user are updated correspondingly according to the update data. In other words, when the user's rights information in the community is updated, the user's access rights to the shared content can also be automatically updated, eliminating the need for separate rights maintenance management. For example, when the “permission information of a user in a group” is the authority information of the user in the organizational structure of the group, the user may be automatically determined based on the entry, departure, position transfer, department transfer, etc. appearing in the organization structure of the group. The update data of the permission information, and based on the update data, an automatic update of the access rights is implemented.
为了便于理解,以企业即时通讯应用“企业微信”为例,对本说明书一个或多个实施例的技术方案进行说明。假定服务器上运行有企业微信服务端、电子设备上运行有企业微信客户端。以企业AA为例,例如图4-图5是一示例性实施例提供的一种企业AA的组织架构的示意图;如图4所示,假定企业AA包含部门1、部门2……部门8等若干部门,企业AA的企业成员具有不同的职位等级,以图5所示的部门2和部门3为例,比如部门2的企业成员包括用户A-用户D、部门3的企业成员包括用户E-用户H,其中用户A和用户E具有较高的L4等级,而用户B-用户D、用户F-用户H具有较低的L3等级。For ease of understanding, the technical solution of one or more embodiments of the present specification will be described by taking the enterprise instant messaging application "Enterprise WeChat" as an example. Assume that the enterprise WeChat server is running on the server and the enterprise WeChat client is running on the electronic device. Taking the enterprise AA as an example, for example, FIG. 4 to FIG. 5 are schematic diagrams of an organizational structure of an enterprise AA provided by an exemplary embodiment; as shown in FIG. 4, it is assumed that the enterprise AA includes a department 1, a department 2, a department 8, and the like. In some departments, the enterprise members of the enterprise AA have different job levels, taking the department 2 and the department 3 shown in Figure 5 as examples. For example, the enterprise members of the department 2 include the user A-user D, and the enterprise members of the department 3 include the user E- User H, where User A and User E have a higher L4 rating, while User B-User D, User F-User H have a lower L3 rating.
基于如图4-图5所示的组织架构,可以为企业AA的企业成员设置相应的权限信息,以使得这些企业成员在访问“企业微信”上对应于该企业AA的共享空间时,能够基于自身的权限信息对该共享空间中的共享内容实现合理的访问操作。实际上,基于采用的维度不同,可以通过多种方式设置企业AA的企业成员的权限信息,从而达到不同的权限管理效果,本说明书并不限制采用的维度;为了便于理解,下面以部门、职位等级这两个维度为例,对本说明书的共享空间的访问方案进行描述。Based on the organizational structure shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, the corresponding authority information can be set for the enterprise members of the enterprise AA, so that when the enterprise members access the "Enterprise WeChat" corresponding to the shared space of the enterprise AA, based on The own permission information implements a reasonable access operation to the shared content in the shared space. In fact, based on the different dimensions used, the authority information of the enterprise members of the enterprise AA can be set in various ways to achieve different rights management effects. This specification does not limit the dimensions adopted; for ease of understanding, the following departments and positions are used. The two dimensions of the level are taken as an example to describe the access scheme of the shared space of this specification.
假定企业AA中的所有企业成员均需要在向该企业AA的共享空间上传个人周报。图6是一示例性实施例提供的一种共享空间的访问界面的示意图;如图6所示,假定上述的用户A开启电子设备上运行的企业微信客户端,并触发该企业微信客户端提供的“云盘”功能选项602,可以开启该企业AA在“企业微信”上的共享空间的访问界面600。Assume that all business members in the enterprise AA need to upload a personal weekly report to the shared space of the enterprise AA. 6 is a schematic diagram of an access interface of a shared space provided by an exemplary embodiment; as shown in FIG. 6, it is assumed that the user A starts the enterprise WeChat client running on the electronic device, and triggers the enterprise WeChat client to provide The "cloud disk" function option 602 can open the access interface 600 of the shared space of the enterprise AA on the "Enterprise WeChat".
当采用的维度为部门时,企业AA中的不同部门被划分为不同的权限类别,而每一企业成员的权限信息即所属的权限类别。例如,可以将每个部门划分为独立的权限类别,使得部门1对应于权限类别1、部门2对应于权限类别2、依此类推,而每个部门的企业成员的权限信息即为该部门对应的权限类别;那么,对于上述部门2的用户A,可以确定该用户A的权限信息为权限类别2,类似地该部门2的用户B-用户D等其他企业成员的权限信息也是权限类别2。When the dimension adopted is a department, different departments in the enterprise AA are divided into different permission categories, and the authority information of each enterprise member belongs to the permission category. For example, each department can be divided into independent permission categories, such that department 1 corresponds to authority category 1, department 2 corresponds to permission category 2, and so on, and the authority information of enterprise members of each department is corresponding to the department. For the user A of the above-mentioned department 2, it can be determined that the authority information of the user A is the permission category 2, and similarly, the authority information of the other enterprise members such as the user B-user D of the department 2 is also the permission category 2.
基于部门维度的权限管理,可以将企业AA的组织架构划分为若干权限类别,从而在不同权限类别的企业成员之间实现权限隔离。例如图6所示,当用户A的权限信息为归属于权限类别2时,该用户A仅能够在访问界面600查看到归属于权限类别2的共享 内容,比如该用户A自身上传的“个人周报-A.xls”、“部门会议投影.ppt”等文件,再比如用户B上传的“个人周报-B.xls”、用户C上传的“个人周报-C.xls”、用户D上传的“个人周报-D.xls”和“项目中期报告.doc”等,而诸如归属于权限类别3的用户E-用户H等上传的共享内容,则无法被呈现于用户A浏览的访问界面600中,因为用户A被判定为对权限类别3相关的共享内容不具有访问权限。Based on the department dimension-based rights management, the organizational structure of the enterprise AA can be divided into several permission categories, thereby implementing privilege isolation among enterprise members of different privilege categories. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 , when the rights information of the user A belongs to the rights category 2, the user A can only view the shared content belonging to the rights category 2 on the access interface 600, such as the “personal weekly report” uploaded by the user A itself. -A.xls", "Department Conference Projection.ppt" and other files, such as "Personal Weekly-B.xls" uploaded by User B, "Personal Weekly Report-C.xls" uploaded by User C, and "Personal Uploaded by User D" Weekly report-D.xls" and "project interim report.doc", etc., while shared content uploaded by user E-user H or the like belonging to authority category 3 cannot be presented in access interface 600 browsed by user A because User A is determined not to have access rights to the shared content related to privilege category 3.
当然,在一些情况下,也可以在不同权限类别之间实现内容共享。在默认情况下,上传至共享空间的共享内容的权限信息默认为上传者的权限信息,比如部门3的用户H上传了共享内容“工作技巧.doc”,由于该用户H的权限信息为权限类别3,因而该共享内容“工作技巧.doc”的权限信息默认为权限类别3,使得用户A无法在图6所示的访问界面600查看到该共享内容“工作技巧.doc”;但是,作为上传者的用户H或者该企业AA的管理员可以对共享内容“工作技巧.doc”的权限信息进行编辑,比如可以将该共享内容“工作技巧.doc”的权限信息编辑为“权限类别3和权限类别2”或“全体(即匹配于所有权限类别)”,那么该共享内容“工作技巧.doc”的权限信息可以被认为匹配于用户A的权限信息,使得用户A可以通过如图7所示的访问界面700查看到该共享内容“工作技巧.doc”。Of course, in some cases, content sharing can also be achieved between different permission categories. By default, the permission information of the shared content uploaded to the shared space defaults to the uploader's permission information. For example, the user H of the department 3 uploads the shared content "work skill.doc", because the permission information of the user H is the permission category. 3. Therefore, the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc" defaults to the permission category 3, so that the user A cannot view the shared content "work skill.doc" in the access interface 600 shown in FIG. 6; however, as an upload The user H or the administrator of the enterprise AA can edit the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc", for example, the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc" can be edited as "permission category 3 and authority" If the category 2" or "all (ie, matches all permission categories)", then the permission information of the shared content "work skill.doc" can be considered to match the permission information of the user A, so that the user A can pass as shown in FIG. The access interface 700 views the shared content "Work Tips.doc".
当采用的维度为职位等级时,根据企业AA中的企业成员在组织架构中的职位等级,可以被划分至不同的权限等级,而每一企业成员的权限信息即所属的权限等级。例如图5所示,当用户A、用户E的职位等级为L4等级时,相应的权限信息可以为权限等级4,当用户B-用户D、用户F-用户H的职位等级为L3等级时,相应的权限信息可以为权限等级3;其中,较高的权限等级可以覆盖较低的权限等级,从而可以访问共享空间中更多数量的共享内容。When the dimension adopted is the position level, according to the position level of the enterprise members in the organizational structure in the enterprise AA, it can be divided into different permission levels, and the authority information of each enterprise member is the permission level. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, when the position level of the user A and the user E is the L4 level, the corresponding authority information may be the authority level 4, and when the position level of the user B-user D and the user F-user H is the L3 level, The corresponding permission information may be the permission level 3; wherein the higher permission level may cover the lower permission level, so that a larger amount of shared content in the shared space can be accessed.
基于职位等级维度的权限管理,可以将企业AA的组织架构划分为若干权限等级,从而实现基于权限等级的权限隔离。例如图8所示,当用户C的权限信息为归属于权限等级3时,该用户C仅能够在访问界面800查看到不高于权限等级3的共享内容,比如该用户C自身上传的“个人周报-C.xls”等文件,再比如用户B上传的“个人周报-B.xls”、用户D上传的“个人周报-D.xls”和“项目中期报告.doc”、用户H上传的“工作技巧.doc”等,而诸如归属于权限等级4的用户A、用户E等上传的共享内容,则无法被呈现于用户C浏览的访问界面800中,因为用户C被判定为对权限等级高于3级的共享内容不具有访问权限。而对于权限等级为4级的用户E而言,可以通过如图9所示的访问界面900查看到用户A-用户H等企业成员上传的所有共享内容。Based on the position management of the position level dimension, the organizational structure of the enterprise AA can be divided into several permission levels, thereby realizing the permission isolation based on the permission level. For example, as shown in FIG. 8, when the rights information of the user C belongs to the privilege level 3, the user C can only view the shared content that is not higher than the privilege level 3 on the access interface 800, such as the "personality" uploaded by the user C itself. Weekly newspaper-C.xls" and other documents, such as "personal weekly report-B.xls" uploaded by user B, "personal weekly report-D.xls" and "project interim report.doc" uploaded by user D, "user H uploaded" Work Skills .doc", etc., while shared content uploaded by User A, User E, etc. belonging to privilege level 4 cannot be presented in the access interface 800 browsed by User C because User C is determined to have a high privilege level. Shared content at level 3 does not have access. For the user E whose privilege level is 4, all the shared content uploaded by the enterprise member such as the user A-user H can be viewed through the access interface 900 shown in FIG.
当然,在一些情况下,也可以将较高权限等级的内容共享至较低权限等级的企业成员。在默认情况下,上传至共享空间的共享内容的权限信息默认为上传者的权限信息,比如部门3的用户E上传了共享内容“部门季度规划.doc”,由于该用户E的权限信息为权限等级4,因而该共享内容“部门季度规划.doc”的权限信息默认为权限等级4,使得用户C无法在图8所示的访问界面800查看到该共享内容“部门季度规划.doc”;但是,作为上传者的用户E或者该企业AA的管理员可以对共享内容“部门季度规划.doc”的权限信息进行编辑,比如可以将该共享内容“部门季度规划.doc”的权限信息编辑为权限等级3,那么该共享内容“部门季度规划.doc”的权限信息可以被认为匹配于用户C的权限信息,使得用户C可以通过如图10所示的访问界面1000查看到该共享内容“部门季度规划.doc”。Of course, in some cases, it is also possible to share content with higher privilege levels to corporate members of lower privilege levels. By default, the permission information of the shared content uploaded to the shared space is the permission information of the uploader by default. For example, the user E of the department 3 uploads the shared content "department quarterly plan.doc", because the permission information of the user E is the permission. Level 4, and thus the permission information of the shared content "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" defaults to the permission level 4, so that the user C cannot view the shared content "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" in the access interface 800 shown in FIG. 8; The user E who is the uploader or the administrator of the enterprise AA can edit the permission information of the shared content "department quarterly plan.doc", for example, the permission information of the shared content "department quarterly plan.doc" can be edited as the authority. Level 3, then the rights information of the shared content "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" can be considered to match the rights information of the user C, so that the user C can view the shared content "Department Quarter" through the access interface 1000 as shown in FIG. Planning .doc".
基于上述的权限管理方案,可以将组织架构中的权限信息应用于对共享内容的权限管理中,使得企业微信服务端不需要实施额外的权限管制,而企业成员在访问共享空间时可以基于自身的权限信息直接浏览相匹配的共享内容,不需要借助于额外的权限验证手段,便于企业成员对共享内容的快捷访问。Based on the foregoing rights management scheme, the rights information in the organization structure can be applied to the rights management of the shared content, so that the enterprise WeChat server does not need to implement additional rights control, and the enterprise members can base themselves on accessing the shared space. The permission information directly browses the matched shared content, and does not need to resort to additional permission verification means, so that the enterprise members can quickly access the shared content.
在一实施例中,由于企业工作中可能涉及到很多方面的事务,为了便于提升企业成员对共享内容的查询效率,可以对企业AA的共享空间进行划分,比如可以按照功能划分为若干共享子空间,使得企业成员可以根据功能选择共享子空间,以缩小对所需共享内容的查询范围、提升访问效率。图11是一示例性实施例提供的一种入口展示界面的示意图。以用户A为例,假定该用户A对应的企业微信客户端可以提供如图11所示的入口展示界面1100,该入口展示界面1100上可以提供针对“周报”、“销售报表”、“开发验证”、“会议记录”等功能的共享子空间入口,使得用户A可以通过触发该共享子空间入口而快速进入相应功能的共享子空间入口。其中,通过入口展示界面1100中的“新建”选项可以创建更多功能的共享子空间、并在该入口展示界面1100形成相应的共享子空间入口,而通过入口展示界面1100中的“编辑”选项可以对已创建的共享子空间的编辑,比如删除已创建的共享子空间、修改共享子空间入口的名称等。In an embodiment, since the enterprise work may involve many aspects of the transaction, in order to facilitate the efficiency of querying the shared content of the enterprise members, the shared space of the enterprise AA may be divided, for example, may be divided into several shared subspaces according to functions. In this way, enterprise members can choose to share subspaces according to functions, so as to narrow the query scope of the required shared content and improve access efficiency. FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an entry display interface provided by an exemplary embodiment. Taking user A as an example, it is assumed that the enterprise WeChat client corresponding to the user A can provide the portal display interface 1100 as shown in FIG. 11 , and the portal display interface 1100 can provide the “weekly report”, “sales report”, and “development verification”. The shared subspace entry of functions such as "meeting record" enables user A to quickly enter the shared subspace entry of the corresponding function by triggering the shared subspace entry. Wherein, the "new" option in the portal display interface 1100 can create a shared subspace of more functions, and form a corresponding shared subspace entry in the portal presentation interface 1100, while the "edit" option in the portal display interface 1100 is displayed through the portal. You can edit the shared subspace you have created, such as deleting the shared subspace you have created, modifying the name of the shared subspace entry, and so on.
假定用户A触发了入口展示界面1100上“周报”功能的共享子空间入口,企业微信客户端可以切换至如图12所示的访问界面1200,该访问界面1200可以展示出归属于“周报”功能的共享内容。例如,当采用部门维度的权限管理方案时,用户A可以看到归属于权限类别2的共享内容,比如图12中用户A-用户D上传的共享内容“个人周报-A.xls”、“个人周报-B.xls”等;并且,访问界面1200展示的共享内容均属于“周 报”功能,而不会出现诸如“销售报表”、“开发验证”等其他功能的共享内容,便于用户A快速获取所需的共享内容。Assuming that user A triggers the shared subspace entry of the "weekly" function on the portal display interface 1100, the enterprise WeChat client can switch to the access interface 1200 as shown in FIG. 12, which can display the function belonging to the "weekly" function. Shared content. For example, when the department dimension rights management scheme is adopted, user A can see the shared content attributed to the rights category 2, such as the shared content "personal weekly report-A.xls" and "personal" uploaded by user A-user D in FIG. Weekly report-B.xls" and the like; and, the shared content displayed on the access interface 1200 belongs to the "Weekly" function, and there is no shared content such as "sales report", "development verification" and the like, so that the user A can quickly obtain The shared content you need.
在一实施例中,除了“共享空间”与“共享子空间”之外,还可以对共享子空间做进一步的空间划分,从而实现对“共享空间”的多层级划分。以图12所示的访问界面1200为例,该访问界面1200可以包括如图12所示的空间路径1202,以便于用户A在共享空间内实现不同层级之间的快速跳转。例如,当检测到用户A触发空间路径1202中的“企业AA”时,可以快速返回图11所示的入口展示界面1100;当层级数量更多时,还可以实现跨层级的界面跳转,从而进一步体现出空间路径1202的便捷之处。In an embodiment, in addition to the "shared space" and the "shared subspace", the shared subspace can be further partitioned to achieve multi-level partitioning of the "shared space". Taking the access interface 1200 shown in FIG. 12 as an example, the access interface 1200 can include a spatial path 1202 as shown in FIG. 12, so that the user A can implement fast jumps between different levels in the shared space. For example, when the “business AA” in the user A trigger space path 1202 is detected, the portal display interface 1100 shown in FIG. 11 can be quickly returned; when the number of levels is more, the cross-level interface jump can also be implemented, thereby The convenience of the spatial path 1202 is further embodied.
在本说明书的实施例中,企业成员可以通过多种方式实现对共享内容的分享。在一实施例中,以图12为例,用户A可以通过触发访问界面1200中的上传选项1204,向“周报”功能对应的共享子空间中上传希望分享的共享内容;而用户A可以通过触发访问界面1200中的编辑选项1206,对已经上传的共享内容进行删除、修改等编辑操作。企业成员通常仅能够对自身上传的共享内容进行编辑,而不能够对其他用户上传的共享内容进行编辑;当然,对于管理员等具有较高管理权限的用户,也可能具有对其他用户上传的共享内容进行编辑的权限。类似地,在图6所示的访问界面600中,用户A可以通过触发访问界面600中的上传选项604,向企业AA的共享空间中上传希望分享的共享内容;而用户A可以通过触发访问界面600中的编辑选项606,对已经上传的共享内容进行删除、修改等编辑操作。In the embodiments of the present specification, enterprise members can share the shared content in a variety of ways. In an embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, the user A can upload the shared content that is desired to be shared to the shared subspace corresponding to the “Weekly” function by triggering the upload option 1204 in the interface 1200; and the user A can trigger the content. The editing option 1206 in the interface 1200 is accessed to delete, modify, and the like the shared content that has been uploaded. Corporate members are usually only able to edit the shared content uploaded by themselves, and cannot edit the shared content uploaded by other users. Of course, users with higher management rights, such as administrators, may also have shared shares uploaded by other users. The right to edit content. Similarly, in the access interface 600 shown in FIG. 6, the user A can upload the shared content that is desired to be shared to the shared space of the enterprise AA by triggering the upload option 604 in the access interface 600; and the user A can trigger the access interface. The editing option 606 in 600 deletes, modifies, and the like the shared content that has been uploaded.
在另一实施例中,企业微信可以提供群组功能,使得企业成员可以通过群组功能的相关界面实现对共享内容的分享。例如图13是一示例性实施例提供的一种群组会话界面的示意图;企业微信可以提供针对企业AA的群组,而该企业AA的企业成员均可以被添加为该群组的群组成员,且群组成员可以通过如图13所示的群组会话界面1300实现通讯等功能。在一实施方式中,当检测到用户A触发群组会话界面1300中的选项1302时,企业微信客户端可以展示出包含若干功能入口的选择窗口1304,比如图13中示出的选择窗口1304可以包括对应于“添加成员”、“电话会议”、“发邮件”、“收作业”等功能的入口选项。In another embodiment, the enterprise WeChat can provide a group function, so that the enterprise members can share the shared content through the related interface of the group function. For example, FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a group session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment; enterprise WeChat can provide a group for enterprise AA, and enterprise members of the enterprise AA can be added as group members of the group. And the group member can implement functions such as communication through the group session interface 1300 shown in FIG. In an embodiment, when it is detected that the user A triggers the option 1302 in the group session interface 1300, the enterprise WeChat client may exhibit a selection window 1304 including a number of function entries, such as the selection window 1304 shown in FIG. Includes entry options that correspond to features such as Add Member, Conference Call, Send Mail, and Receive Job.
图14是一示例性实施例提供的一种收作业功能的任务发起界面的示意图。当检测到上述选择窗口1304中的“收作业”入口选项1306被触发时,企业微信客户端可以向用户A展示出如图14所示的任务发起界面1400,以由用户A基于该任务发起界面1400发起收作业任务。在一实施例中,任务发起界面1400可以包括自定义描述区域1402, 以供用户A输入针对收作业任务的描述信息,从而描述其对于该收作业任务的参与者提交的作业的要求。在一实施例中,任务发起界面1400可以包括模板添加选项1404,基于检测到的针对该模板添加选项1404的触发操作,可供用户A为收作业任务添加作业模板,而该收作业任务的参与者可以下载该作业模板、基于该作业模板完成作业内容的填写,可以确保所有参与者的填写内容能够受到该作业模板的格式约束、使得填写内容采用一致性的内容格式,便于浏览和后续的作业合并操作。在一实施例中,图14所示的存储路径为“企业AA/周报”,该存储路径属于企业AA对应的共享空间中对应于“周报”功能的共享子空间,该存储路径用于存放收作业任务的参与者提交的作业、这些作业将被作为该共享空间(亦即共享子空间)中的共享内容;其中,任务发起界面1400可以包括路径编辑选项1406,可供用户A通过触发该路径编辑选项1406而对上述的存储路径进行编辑。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a task initiation interface of a job receiving function provided by an exemplary embodiment. When it is detected that the "receive job" entry option 1306 in the selection window 1304 is triggered, the enterprise WeChat client may present the task initiation interface 1400 as shown in FIG. 14 to the user A to initiate the interface based on the task by the user A. The 1400 initiates a homework task. In an embodiment, the task initiation interface 1400 can include a custom description area 1402 for the user A to enter descriptive information for the receiving job task to describe its requirements for the job submitted by the participant of the home task. In an embodiment, the task initiation interface 1400 can include a template addition option 1404, based on the detected triggering operation for adding the option 1404 to the template, for the user A to add a job template for the receiving task, and the participation of the receiving task The user can download the job template, complete the job content based on the job template, and ensure that all participants' content can be constrained by the format of the job template, so that the content is consistent in content format, which is convenient for browsing and subsequent operations. Merge operation. In an embodiment, the storage path shown in FIG. 14 is “Enterprise AA/Weekly Report”, and the storage path belongs to a shared subspace corresponding to the “Weekly” function in the shared space corresponding to the enterprise AA, and the storage path is used for storing and receiving. Jobs submitted by participants of the job task, which will be shared content in the shared space (ie, shared subspace); wherein the task initiation interface 1400 can include a path edit option 1406 for the user A to trigger the path The above storage path is edited by editing option 1406.
当检测到针对任务发起界面1400中的“发送”选项的触发操作时,企业微信客户端可以通过群组会话界面1300向企业AA的企业成员发布相应的收作业任务,比如该收作业任务可以表现为图15所示的群组通讯消息1500的形式,当然本说明书并不限制此处采用的形式。When the triggering operation for the "send" option in the task initiation interface 1400 is detected, the enterprise WeChat client can issue a corresponding receiving task to the enterprise member of the enterprise AA through the group session interface 1300, for example, the receiving task can be performed. For the form of the group communication message 1500 shown in FIG. 15, the specification is of course not limited to the form adopted herein.
图16是一示例性实施例提供的一种收作业任务的参与者侧的通讯会话界面的示意图。假定用户C通过使用的电子设备上运行的企业微信客户端,可以呈现如图16所示的通讯会话界面1600;下面以该用户C的视角为例,对收作业任务的参与者的相关操作进行描述。通讯会话界面1600可以示出用户A发布的收作业任务对应的群组通讯消息1602,而用户C可以通过触发该群组通讯消息1602,以参与相应的收作业任务。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface of a participant side of a job receiving task according to an exemplary embodiment. It is assumed that the user C can present the communication session interface 1600 as shown in FIG. 16 through the enterprise WeChat client running on the used electronic device; the following takes the user C's perspective as an example to perform related operations on the participants of the receiving task. description. The communication session interface 1600 can show the group communication message 1602 corresponding to the receiving job task issued by the user A, and the user C can participate in the corresponding receiving task by triggering the group communication message 1602.
图17是一示例性实施例提供的一种上传共享内容的示意图。在一实施例中,群组通讯消息1602可以包含针对如图17所示的任务处理界面1700的访问链接,在检测到用户C触发该群组通讯消息1602后,企业微信客户端可以开启该任务处理界面1700。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of uploading shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment. In an embodiment, the group communication message 1602 may include an access link for the task processing interface 1700 as shown in FIG. 17, and after detecting that the user C triggers the group communication message 1602, the enterprise WeChat client may open the task. Processing interface 1700.
在一实施例中,任务处理界面1700可以包括描述信息展示区域1702,以用于展示用户A在如图14所示的自定义描述区域1402中输入的描述信息,便于用户C了解自身在当前的收作业任务中所需完成的操作。In an embodiment, the task processing interface 1700 can include a description information display area 1702 for displaying the description information input by the user A in the custom description area 1402 as shown in FIG. 14 to facilitate the user C to know that he is present. The operations that need to be completed in the job task.
在一实施例中,任务处理界面1700可以包括附件查看区域1704,该附件查看区域1704可供用户C查看收作业任务所携带的附件,比如图17所示的“周报模板.xls”等。In an embodiment, the task processing interface 1700 can include an attachment viewing area 1704, which can be used by the user C to view attachments carried by the receiving task, such as the "Weekly Report Template.xls" shown in FIG.
在一实施例中,任务处理界面1700可以包括作业上传区域1706,以供用户C针对该收作业任务上传自身希望提交的作业。企业微信客户端可以提供任意形式的作业上传 方式,本说明书并不对此进行限制。例如,一种可能采用的作业上传方式为“拖拽上传”,用户C可以将希望上传的作业拖拽至作业上传区域1706,而企业微信客户端可以检测该拖拽操作并完成后续的上传操作。In an embodiment, the task processing interface 1700 can include a job upload area 1706 for the user C to upload a job that he or she wishes to submit for the received job task. The enterprise WeChat client can provide any form of job uploading, and this manual does not limit this. For example, a possible job uploading method is “drag and drop uploading”, and user C can drag and drop the job that is desired to be uploaded to the job uploading area 1706, and the enterprise WeChat client can detect the dragging operation and complete the subsequent uploading operation. .
在一实施例中,企业微信客户端在检测到用户C拖拽至作业上传区域1706的作业后,可以直接完成作业提交,将该作业存储至共享空间中相应的存储路径,相当于实现了对该作业的内容共享。在另一实施例中,企业微信客户端在检测到用户C拖拽至作业上传区域1706的作业(例如图17所示的“个人周报-C.xls”)后,可以将该作业存储至共享空间中相应的存储路径,但是暂不实施针对该作业的内容共享,即其他企业成员暂时无法实现对该作业的访问;而在检测到用户C针对图17所示的“提交”选项的触发操作后,才开放针对该作业的内容共享。In an embodiment, after detecting that the user C drags the job to the job uploading area 1706, the enterprise WeChat client can directly complete the job submission, and store the job in the corresponding storage path in the shared space, which is equivalent to realizing the pair. The content of the job is shared. In another embodiment, the enterprise WeChat client can store the job to the share after detecting that the user C drags the job to the job upload area 1706 (for example, "personal weekly report - C.xls" shown in FIG. 17). The corresponding storage path in the space, but the content sharing for the job is not implemented temporarily, that is, other enterprise members are temporarily unable to access the job; and the user C is triggered to trigger the "commit" option shown in FIG. After that, content sharing for the job is opened.
图18是一示例性实施例提供的另一种上传共享内容的示意图。在一实施例中,用户C无需主动触发如图16所示的群组通讯消息1602,可以直接将需要上传的作业拖拽至群组通讯界面1600处。例如,用户C可以将文件“个人周报-C.xls”拖拽至群组通讯界面1600处,企业微信客户端可以检测到被拖拽的文件“个人周报-C.xls”,而如果该企业微信客户端还检测到群组通讯界面1600接收到用户C尚未处理的收作业任务,该企业微信客户端可以主动示出如图18所示的作业上传区域1802和消息发送区域1804;其中,当文件“个人周报-C.xls”被进一步拖拽至作业上传区域1802并放开时,企业微信客户端可以确定用户C需要将该文件“个人周报-C.xls”作为响应于收作业任务的作业,从而将该文件“个人周报-C.xls”上传至存储路径“企业AA/周报”,以实现对该文件“个人周报-C.xls”的内容共享,当文件“个人周报-C.xls”被进一步拖拽至消息发送区域1804并放开时,企业微信客户端可以确定用户C需要将该文件“个人周报-C.xls”作为聊天内容发送至群组“企业AA”,并完成对该文件“个人周报-C.xls”的发送操作。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another upload sharing content provided by an exemplary embodiment. In an embodiment, the user C does not need to actively trigger the group communication message 1602 shown in FIG. 16 , and can directly drag the job to be uploaded to the group communication interface 1600 . For example, the user C can drag and drop the file "personal weekly report - C.xls" to the group communication interface 1600, and the enterprise WeChat client can detect the dragged file "personal weekly report - C.xls", and if the enterprise The WeChat client also detects that the group communication interface 1600 receives the receiving job task that has not been processed by the user C. The enterprise WeChat client can actively display the job uploading area 1802 and the message sending area 1804 as shown in FIG. 18; When the file "Personal Weekly-C.xls" is further dragged to the job uploading area 1802 and released, the enterprise WeChat client can determine that the user C needs to use the file "Personal Weekly-C.xls" as a response to the receiving task. Homework, thereby uploading the file "Personal Weekly-C.xls" to the storage path "Enterprise AA/Weekly" to achieve content sharing for the file "Personal Weekly-C.xls", when the file "Personal Weekly-C. When xls" is further dragged to the message sending area 1804 and released, the enterprise WeChat client can determine that the user C needs to send the file "personal weekly report - C.xls" as the chat content to the group "enterprise AA", and To the file "Personal weekly -C.xls" transmission operation.
与用户C相类似地,群组“企业AA”中的其他群组成员也可以对用户A发起的收作业任务进行响应,并完成作业的上传操作,此处不再一一赘述。Similar to the user C, other group members in the group "Enterprise AA" can also respond to the receiving task initiated by the user A, and complete the uploading operation of the job, which will not be repeated here.
当同时基于部门和职位等级维度确定企业成员的权限信息时,用户A-用户D均属于如图4-图5所示的部门2,且用户A的职位等级为L4级别、用户B-用户D的职位等级为L3级别,因而可以确定用户A-用户D均属于部门2对应的群组类别2,且用户A的权限等级为4级、用户B-用户D的权限等级为3级。假定针对部门维度,限定用户A-用户D仅能够对自身所属的部门2对应的群组类别2的共享内容进行访问,而针对职位 等级维度,限定用户A-用户D仅能够对低于自身权限等级的共享内容进行访问,那么:当用户A对上述收作业任务对应的存储路径进行访问时,在如图12所示的访问界面1200中可以展示出用户A-用户D上传的作业;而当用户C对上述收作业任务对应的存储路径进行访问时,在如图19所示的访问界面1900中仅展示出该用户C自己上传的作业,而无法查看部门2或其他部门的企业成员上传的作业。When the authority information of the enterprise member is determined based on the department and the job level dimension at the same time, the user A-user D belongs to the department 2 as shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, and the position level of the user A is the L4 level, and the user B-user D The job level is the L3 level, so it can be determined that the user A-user D belongs to the group category 2 corresponding to the department 2, and the user A has a permission level of 4, and the user B-user D has a permission level of 3. Assume that for the departmental dimension, the qualified user A-user D can only access the shared content of the group category 2 corresponding to the department 2 to which he belongs, and for the position level dimension, the limited user A-user D can only be lower than the own authority. The shared content of the level is accessed, then: when the user A accesses the storage path corresponding to the receiving task, the user A-user D uploads the job in the access interface 1200 shown in FIG. 12; When the user C accesses the storage path corresponding to the above-mentioned receiving task, only the job uploaded by the user C is displayed in the access interface 1900 shown in FIG. 19, and the user member of the department 2 or other departments cannot be viewed. operation.
图20是一示例性实施例提供的一种自动同步文件的示意图。如图20所示,假定在访问界面2000中包含文件“部门会议投影.ppt”,而用户A希望用户B和用户C都获取并查看该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”。虽然根据用户B和用户C在企业AA中的权限信息,可以访问和获取该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”,但是用户B和用户C仍然可能由于遗忘等各种原因而并未及时获取该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”,导致影响用户A原本希望开展的相关工作。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of an automatic synchronization file provided by an exemplary embodiment. As shown in FIG. 20, it is assumed that the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" is included in the access interface 2000, and User A expects both User B and User C to acquire and view the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt". Although the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" can be accessed and obtained according to the rights information of User B and User C in Enterprise AA, User B and User C may still not acquire the file in time due to various reasons such as forgetting. “Departmental Conference Projection.ppt” has affected the related work that User A originally intended to carry out.
在一实施例中,用户A可以在访问界面2000中触发该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”,以唤起如图20所示的同步配置界面2001,使得用户A可以通过该同步配置界面2001实现针对该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”的自动同步操作。其中,当同步配置界面2001可以包括选项“同步到自己的电脑”和选项“同步到员工的电脑”,其中选项“同步到自己的电脑”可以将该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”同步至该用户A使用的电子设备上,而选项“同步到员工的电脑”可以将该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”同步至其他用户使用的电子设备上。当用户A点击选项“同步到员工的电脑”后,可以唤起如图20所示的员工选择窗口2002,以供用户A选取该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”的目标同步对象,比如上述的用户B和用户C等。In an embodiment, the user A can trigger the file “department conference projection.ppt” in the access interface 2000 to evoke the synchronization configuration interface 2001 as shown in FIG. 20, so that the user A can implement the synchronization configuration interface 2001. The file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" is automatically synchronized. Wherein, when the synchronization configuration interface 2001 can include the option "synchronize to their own computer" and the option "synchronize to the employee's computer", the option "synchronize to their own computer" can synchronize the file "department conference projection.ppt" to the On the electronic device used by User A, the option "Sync to Employee's Computer" can synchronize the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" to the electronic device used by other users. When the user A clicks the option "synchronize to the employee's computer", the employee selection window 2002 as shown in FIG. 20 can be evoked for the user A to select the target synchronization object of the file "department conference projection.ppt", such as the above user. B and user C, etc.
其中,当用户A将用户B和用户C选择为目标同步对象后,企业微信服务端可以自动将文件“部门会议投影.ppt”推送至该用户B和用户C使用的电子设备(比如用户B使用的电子设备可以包括登录有该用户B的用户账号的电子设备,或者登录过该用户B的用户账号的电子设备等),使得该用户B和用户C能够分别从自己使用的电子设备的本地存储空间读取该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”,而无需该用户B和用户C手动下载。After the user A selects the user B and the user C as the target synchronization object, the enterprise WeChat server can automatically push the file “department conference projection.ppt” to the electronic device used by the user B and the user C (for example, the user B uses The electronic device may include an electronic device that is logged in with the user account of the user B, or an electronic device that has logged in the user account of the user B, etc., so that the user B and the user C can separately store from the local device of the electronic device used by the user. The space reads the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" without the user B and User C manually downloading.
进一步地,以用户B使用的电子设备为例。该电子设备上运行有企业微信客户端,该企业微信客户端在收到企业微信服务端推送的文件“部门会议投影.ppt”后,可以查找本地存储空间中是否存在旧版本的文件“部门会议投影.ppt”,若存在则将该旧版本的文件替换为企业微信服务端推送的文件,从而实现文件版本的自动更新。Further, an electronic device used by the user B is taken as an example. The electronic device runs an enterprise WeChat client. After receiving the file “department conference projection.ppt” pushed by the enterprise WeChat server, the enterprise WeChat client can find out whether there is an old version of the file in the local storage space. Project .ppt", if it exists, replace the old version of the file with the file pushed by the enterprise WeChat server, so as to achieve automatic update of the file version.
图21是一示例性实施例提供的一种在线编辑文件的示意图。企业微信支持用户对 文件进行在线编辑,比如该文件可以包括上述共享空间中的文件、用户之间通过企业微信传输的文件等,本说明书并不对此进行限制。以上述的文件“部门会议投影.ppt”为例,该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”被用户A上传至共享空间后,可以位于图21所示的企业微信服务端维护的文件存储服务器中。当用户A、用户B和用户C均具有针对该文件的编辑权限时,可以触发针对该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”的在线编辑操作,使得企业微信服务端维护的文件编辑服务器响应于该在线编辑操作,实现对该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”的在线编辑处理。FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of an online editing file provided by an exemplary embodiment. Enterprise WeChat supports users to edit files online. For example, the file may include files in the above shared space, files transmitted by users through enterprise WeChat, etc., and this specification does not limit this. Taking the above-mentioned file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" as an example, the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" is uploaded to the shared space by the user A, and can be located in the file storage server maintained by the enterprise WeChat server shown in FIG. When user A, user B, and user C both have editing rights for the file, an online editing operation for the file "department conference projection.ppt" may be triggered, so that the file editing server maintained by the enterprise WeChat server responds to the online The editing operation realizes online editing processing of the file "department conference projection.ppt".
其中,企业微信服务端可以将针对该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”的在线编辑界面分别发送至用户A、用户B和用户C的企业微信客户端,以分别由用户A、用户B和用户C进行浏览,并基于该在线编辑界面发出针对该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”的在线编辑指令,然后由文件编辑服务器基于收到的在线编辑指令实施对该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”的在线编辑操作。通过对文件“部门会议投影.ppt”实施在线编辑操作,使得用户A、用户B和用户C无需对该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”进行下载后编辑,避免产生多份文件而容易造成版本混乱,有助于降低出错概率。The enterprise WeChat server can send the online editing interface for the file "participation conference projection.ppt" to the enterprise WeChat client of user A, user B and user C respectively, to be respectively user A, user B and user C Browsing and issuing an online editing instruction for the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" based on the online editing interface, and then implementing the online "Department Conference Projection.ppt" file by the file editing server based on the received online editing instruction Edit operation. By implementing the online editing operation on the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt", User A, User B and User C do not need to download and edit the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt" to avoid creating multiple files and easily cause version confusion. To help reduce the probability of error.
在一实施例中,用户A、用户B和用户C对于该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”可以具有相同的编辑权限;在另一实施例中,用户A、用户B和用户C对于该文件“部门会议投影.ppt”可以具有差异化的编辑权限,并据此在文件“部门会议投影.ppt”中分别为用户A、用户B和用户C划分相应的允许编辑内容,使得用户A、用户B和用户C仅能够对自身对应的允许编辑内容实施在线编辑操作,避免形成误操作。In an embodiment, User A, User B, and User C may have the same editing rights for the file "Department Conference Projection.ppt"; in another embodiment, User A, User B, and User C for the file " The department meeting projection .ppt" can have different editing rights, and according to the file "department conference projection.ppt", respectively, the user A, user B and user C are respectively divided into the allowed editing contents, so that user A, user B And the user C can only perform an online editing operation on the corresponding editable content corresponding to the user C, thereby avoiding the formation of an erroneous operation.
图22是一示例性实施例提供的一种触发对共享内容的分享操作的示意图。以用户C对共享内容实施分享为例,图22示出了用户C对企业AA的共享空间进行访问时的访问界面2200,该访问界面2200中示出了与用户C的权限相匹配的共享内容,比如“个人周报-D.xls”、“个人周报-B.xls”……“工作技巧.doc”等。假定用户C希望对共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行分享。在检测到用户C针对共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”实施的触发操作后,可以示出对应的操作选项窗口2201,该操作选项窗口2201包含“共享”、“权限设置”等操作选项,以用于针对该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”实施相应的操作。FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram of triggering a sharing operation on shared content according to an exemplary embodiment. Taking the sharing of the shared content by the user C as an example, FIG. 22 shows the access interface 2200 when the user C accesses the shared space of the enterprise AA, and the shared content matching the right of the user C is shown in the access interface 2200. For example, "Personal Weekly-D.xls", "Personal Weekly-B.xls"... "Work Skills.doc", etc. Assume that User C wishes to share the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc". After detecting the triggering operation performed by the user C for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc", a corresponding operation option window 2201 may be displayed, and the operation option window 2201 includes operation options such as "share" and "permission setting" to Used to implement the corresponding action for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc".
图23是一示例性实施例提供的一种分享设置界面的示意图。响应于用户C对操作选项窗口2201中的“共享”选项的选择操作,可以示出如图23所示的分享设置界面2300,使得用户C可以对共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行相关设置。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a sharing setting interface provided by an exemplary embodiment. In response to the selection operation of the "share" option in the operation option window 2201 by the user C, the sharing setting interface 2300 as shown in FIG. 23 can be illustrated, so that the user C can set the related document "department quarter plan.doc". .
在一实施例中,用户C可以通过触发分享设置界面2300中的“+添加共享对象”选项,以选取该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的共享对象,从而将该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”分享至该共享对象,比如图23中已选取的共享对象包括“用户M”、“用户N”和“群组-项目X”等,当然用户C也可以选取更少或更多数量的共享对象。用户C可以删除已选中的共享对象,比如图23所示的“用户M”、“用户N”、“群组-项目X”的左侧均展示有对应的“删除”选项,可以用于删除对应的共享对象。In an embodiment, the user C can select the shared object of the shared document “Department Quarterly Plan.doc” by triggering the “+Add Shared Object” option in the sharing setting interface 2300, thereby the shared document “Department Quarterly Planning” .doc" is shared to the shared object. For example, the selected shared objects in FIG. 23 include "user M", "user N", and "group-item X", etc., of course, user C can also select fewer or more. Shared object. User C can delete the selected shared object. For example, the left side of "User M", "User N", and "Group-Item X" shown in Figure 23 are displayed with the corresponding "Delete" option, which can be used for deleting. The corresponding shared object.
在一实施例中,共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的共享对象可以为个人,比如图23所示的“用户M”、“用户N”等;共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的共享对象也可以为群组,比如图23所示的“群组-项目X”等;实际上,本说明书并不限制该共享对象的类型。在一实施例中,共享对象可以为企业AA的内部成员,比如图23所示的“用户M”等;共享对象可以并非企业AA的内部成员,比如图23所示的“用户N”归属于企业BB、并不归属于企业AA。类似地,共享对象可以为企业AA的内部群组(即群组成员均为企业AA的内部成员);或者,也可以为企业AA与其他企业之间的合作群组(即部分群组成员为企业AA的内部成员、其他群组成员并非企业AA的内部成员),比如图23所示的“群组-项目X”等。In an embodiment, the shared object of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" may be an individual, such as "User M", "User N", etc. as shown in FIG. 23; sharing of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" The object may also be a group, such as "Group-Item X" shown in FIG. 23; in fact, the present specification does not limit the type of the shared object. In an embodiment, the shared object may be an internal member of the enterprise AA, such as "user M" and the like shown in FIG. 23; the shared object may not be an internal member of the enterprise AA, for example, "user N" shown in FIG. 23 belongs to Enterprise BB does not belong to enterprise AA. Similarly, the shared object may be an internal group of the enterprise AA (ie, the group members are internal members of the enterprise AA); or, may be a cooperative group between the enterprise AA and other enterprises (ie, the group members are The internal members of the enterprise AA and other group members are not internal members of the enterprise AA, such as the "group-item X" shown in FIG.
在一实施例中,用户C可以设置每一共享对象针对该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的操作权限,比如图23所示的共享对象“用户M”对应的操作权限为“可以编辑”、共享对象“用户N”对应的操作权限为“可以查看”、共享对象“群组-项目X”对应的操作权限为“可以编辑”。当然,用户C可以根据实际需求,对各个共享对象的操作权限进行调整;例如,对于共享对象“用户M”而言,可以通过触发“可以编辑”右侧的▼标识调出所有备选的操作权限,以供用户C进行查看和选择。In an embodiment, the user C can set the operation authority of each shared object for the shared document "department quarter plan.doc", for example, the operation permission corresponding to the shared object "user M" shown in FIG. 23 is "editable". The operation permission corresponding to the shared object "user N" is "can be viewed", and the operation permission corresponding to the shared object "group-item X" is "editable". Of course, the user C can adjust the operation authority of each shared object according to actual needs; for example, for the shared object "user M", all the alternative operations can be called up by triggering the ▼ identifier on the right side of the "can be edited". Permissions for users C to view and select.
类似地,还可以对操作权限的有效期进行设置,使得共享对象对于共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的操作权限为临时操作权限,仅在该有效期对应的操作时间段内有效。用户C可以对该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行有效期设置,使得该有效期被应用于所有共享对象;或者,用户C可以分别针对各个共享对象进行单独设置。Similarly, the validity period of the operation authority may also be set, so that the operation authority of the shared object for the shared document "department quarterly plan.doc" is the temporary operation authority, and is valid only in the operation time period corresponding to the validity period. User C can set the validity period of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" so that the validity period is applied to all shared objects; or, user C can separately set each shared object separately.
在一实施例中,当共享对象为群组类型时,比如对于图23所示的共享对象“群组-项目X”,用户C可以选取至少一部分群组成员,使得共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”被分享至该至少一部分群组成员,而不会被分享至未被选取的群组成员。例如图23中对应于共享对象“群组-项目X”的成员选择情况为“全体”,即共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”会被分享至该群组的所有群组成员;而通过触发“全体”右侧的▼标识,可 以调整为仅分享至部分群组成员的选项,比如仅分享至归属于企业AA的群组成员、仅分享至群组管理员,或者由用户C手动选取一个或多个群组成员。In an embodiment, when the shared object is a group type, such as the shared object "Group - Item X" shown in FIG. 23, the user C may select at least a part of the group members, so that the shared document "department quarterly plan. The doc" is shared to the at least part of the group members and is not shared to the unselected group members. For example, the member selection situation corresponding to the shared object "group-item X" in FIG. 23 is "all", that is, the shared document "department quarterly plan.doc" is shared to all group members of the group; The ▼ logo on the right side of “All” can be adjusted to share only the options of some group members, such as sharing only to group members belonging to the enterprise AA, sharing only to the group administrator, or manually selecting one by the user C. Or multiple group members.
图24是一示例性实施例提供的一种通讯会话界面的示意图。以用户C将共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”分享至用户M为例,在检测到用户C触发分享设置界面2300中的“发送”选项后,可以通过用户C与用户M之间的通讯会话,将该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”分享至用户M。例如,当用户C打开与用户M的通讯会话对应的通讯会话界面2400时,可以看到针对共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的通讯会话消息2401,而用户M可以通过触发该通讯会话消息2401,以直接打开共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”或者该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”在共享空间中对应的访问界面(类似于图22所示的访问界面2200)。FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram of a communication session interface provided by an exemplary embodiment. The user C shares the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" to the user M as an example. After detecting the "send" option in the user C trigger sharing setting interface 2300, the communication session between the user C and the user M can be performed. , share the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" to User M. For example, when the user C opens the communication session interface 2400 corresponding to the communication session of the user M, the communication session message 2401 for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" can be seen, and the user M can trigger the communication session message 2401. To directly open the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" or the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" in the shared space corresponding to the access interface (similar to the access interface 2200 shown in Figure 22).
其中,在针对共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行分享时,可以直接将该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”发送至用户M等共享对象,即用户M在收到通讯会话消息2401后,该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”可以被直接存储至用户M所使用的电子设备本地或者该用户M对应的云端存储空间。或者,可以将该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的访问链接发送至用户M,使得用户M可以通过触发该通讯会话消息2401对上述共享空间中的该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行远程访问;当然,用户M也可以从共享空间中下载或转存该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”,或者也可能基于权限的限制而不被允许实施下载或转存等操作。When the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" is shared, the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" can be directly sent to the shared object such as the user M, that is, after the user M receives the communication session message 2401, The shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" can be directly stored to the electronic device used by the user M or the cloud storage space corresponding to the user M. Alternatively, the access link of the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" can be sent to the user M, so that the user M can trigger the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" in the shared space by triggering the communication session message 2401. Remote access; of course, user M can also download or dump the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" from the shared space, or may also be allowed to perform operations such as downloading or dumping based on permission restrictions.
除了在实施共享内容的分享操作时,通过如图23所示的实施例来设置共享对象对共享内容的操作权限等之外,还可以对该共享内容自身的可操作权限进行设置,从而限制各个用户对于该共享内容实施的操作。通常,上传该共享内容的用户具备实施权限设置的操作权限;或者,企业AA的管理人员也可以具备该操作权限。例如,图25是一示例性实施例提供的一种对共享内容进行权限设置的示意图;仍以共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”为例,并假定用户C具备对该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行权限设置的操作权限,那么响应于用户C对操作选项窗口2201中的“权限设置”选项的选择操作,可以示出如图25所示的权限设置界面2500,使得用户C可以对共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行权限设置。In addition to the sharing operation of the shared content, the operation authority of the shared object to the shared content is set by the embodiment shown in FIG. 23, and the operable authority of the shared content itself can also be set, thereby limiting each The user's actions on the shared content. Generally, the user who uploads the shared content has the operation authority to implement the permission setting; or the management personnel of the enterprise AA can also have the operation authority. For example, FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of permission setting for shared content provided by an exemplary embodiment; still taking the shared document “Department Quarterly Plan.doc” as an example, and assumes that user C has the department quarterly plan for the shared document. .doc" performs the operation authority of the rights setting, then in response to the user C's selection operation of the "rights setting" option in the operation option window 2201, the rights setting interface 2500 as shown in FIG. 25 can be displayed, so that the user C can Share the document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" for permission settings.
举例而言,针对共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的可设置权限选项可以包括“任何人可以查看”、“任何人可以查看/编辑/分享”、“指定成员可以查看/编辑/分享”、“关闭链接”等。譬如,当设置为“任何人可以查看/编辑/分享”时,任何权限匹配于 该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”的用户,均可以对该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行查看、编辑或分享操作。再譬如,当设置为“指定成员可以查看/编辑/分享”时,用户C可以设定部分用户、群组成员等对该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”进行查看、编辑或分享操作。又譬如,当设置为“关闭链接”时,不允许针对该共享文档“部门季度规划.doc”实施分享操作。For example, the configurable permissions options for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" may include "Anyone can view", "Anyone can view/edit/share", "A designated member can view/edit/share", "Close the link" and so on. For example, when set to "Anyone can view/edit/share", any user who has permission to match the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" can view the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc". Edit or share an action. For example, when set to "designate members can view/edit/share", user C can set some users, group members, etc. to view, edit, or share the shared document "department quarter plan.doc". For example, when set to "close link", sharing operations for the shared document "Department Quarterly Plan.doc" are not allowed.
综上所述,通过将基于组织架构的权限信息应用于共享空间,以针对共享空间中的共享内容进行权限管理,可以避免对共享空间采用独立、额外的权限管理方案,使得尤其是在移动化团体办公平台的应用场景下,有助于该移动化团体办公平台实现统一化的权限管理,提升管理效率。In summary, by applying the rights information based on the organization structure to the shared space to perform rights management for the shared content in the shared space, it is possible to avoid adopting an independent and additional rights management scheme for the shared space, so that the mobile device is especially mobile. Under the application scenario of the group office platform, the mobile group office platform can be unified to achieve unified management of rights and improve management efficiency.
图26是一示例性实施例提供的一种设备的示意结构图。请参考图26,在硬件层面,该设备包括处理器2602、内部总线2604、网络接口2606、内存2608以及非易失性存储器2610,当然还可能包括其他业务所需要的硬件。处理器2602从非易失性存储器2610中读取对应的计算机程序到内存2608中然后运行,在逻辑层面上形成共享空间的访问装置。当然,除了软件实现方式之外,本说明书一个或多个实施例并不排除其他实现方式,比如逻辑器件抑或软硬件结合的方式等等,也就是说以下处理流程的执行主体并不限定于各个逻辑单元,也可以是硬件或逻辑器件。FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus provided by an exemplary embodiment. Referring to FIG. 26, at the hardware level, the device includes a processor 2602, an internal bus 2604, a network interface 2606, a memory 2608, and a non-volatile memory 2610, and may of course include hardware required for other services. The processor 2602 reads the corresponding computer program from the non-volatile memory 2610 into the memory 2608 and then operates to form a shared space access device at a logical level. Of course, in addition to the software implementation, one or more embodiments of the present specification do not exclude other implementation manners, such as a logic device or a combination of software and hardware, etc., that is, the execution body of the following processing flow is not limited to each. A logical unit, which can also be a hardware or logic device.
请参考图27,在软件实施方式中,该共享空间的访问装置可以包括:Referring to FIG. 27, in the software implementation, the access device of the shared space may include:
访问请求接收单元2701,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;The access request receiving unit 2701 receives an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community;
内容确定单元2702,根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。The content determining unit 2702 determines, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space to provide to the user.
可选的,所述权限信息包括所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息。Optionally, the rights information includes rights information of the user in an organization structure of the community.
可选的,还包括:权限获取单元2703,获取所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息。Optionally, the method further includes: a rights obtaining unit 2703, which acquires rights information of the user in the community.
可选的,所述与团体相关的共享空间,包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the community-related shared space includes at least one of the following:
所述团体的共享空间、所述团体的共享空间中与特定功能相关的共享子空间、归属于所述团体的群组对应的共享子空间。a shared space of the community, a shared subspace related to a specific function in the shared space of the community, and a shared subspace corresponding to a group belonging to the community.
可选的,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限类别;所述内容确定单元2702具体用于:Optionally, the organization structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension; the content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限类别,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限类别,确定所述共享空间内归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。Determining, according to the specific permission category of the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space, determining the shared content belonging to the specific permission category in the shared space As a shared content that matches the permission information.
可选的,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information includes at least one of the following:
所述用户上传的共享内容、所述团体中归属于所述特定权限类型的团体成员上传的共享内容、所述团体的管理成员设定为归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容。The shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by a group member belonging to the specific permission type in the community, and the management member of the community are set as shared content belonging to the specific permission category.
可选的,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限等级;所述内容确定单元2702具体用于:Optionally, the organization structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission levels according to a specific dimension; the content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限等级,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限等级,确定所述共享空间内权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。Determining, according to the specific privilege level of the privilege information indicated by the user's privilege information, the privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the shared content in the shared space, determining that the privilege level in the shared space is not higher than the specific privilege level Shared content as a shared content that matches the permission information.
可选的,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information includes at least one of the following:
所述用户上传的共享内容、所述团体中权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的团体成员上传的共享内容、所述团体的管理成员设定为权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容。The shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by the group member whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, and the management member of the group are set to be not higher than the specific permission level. Share content.
可选的,所述特定维度包括以下至少之一:部门、职位等级。Optionally, the specific dimension includes at least one of the following: a department, a job level.
可选的,所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息来自于:Optionally, the permission information of the shared content in the shared space is from:
上传者的权限信息;Uploader's permission information;
或者,所述上传者为所述共享内容设定的权限信息,且设定的权限信息符合所述上传者的权限信息;Or the permission information set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set permission information meets the permission information of the uploader;
或者,所述团体的管理用户为所述共享内容设定的权限信息。Or the authority information set by the management user of the community for the shared content.
可选的,所述内容确定单元2702具体用于:Optionally, the content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的存储路径;Determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, a storage path that matches the rights information in the shared space;
将确定的存储路径下的共享内容,确定为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。The shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be the shared content that matches the permission information.
可选的,还包括:路径展示单元2704或内容展示单元2705;Optionally, the method further includes: a path display unit 2704 or a content display unit 2705;
所述路径展示单元2704用于向所述用户展示确定的存储路径,以使所述用户通过所述存储路径访问匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容;The path display unit 2704 is configured to display the determined storage path to the user, so that the user accesses the shared content that matches the permission information through the storage path;
所述内容展示单元2705用于向所述用户展示确定的存储路径下的共享内容,其中所述存储路径对所述用户不可见。The content presentation unit 2705 is configured to display the shared content under the determined storage path to the user, wherein the storage path is invisible to the user.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
内容选取单元2706,确定所述用户从匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容中选取的多份共享内容;The content selection unit 2706 determines a plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content matching the permission information;
信息提取单元2707,提取所述多份共享内容中采用特定信息记录格式的记录信息,以合并生成新的共享内容。The information extracting unit 2707 extracts the recording information of the plurality of shared contents in a specific information recording format to merge and generate new shared content.
可选的,还包括:存储单元2708,存储所述团体的团体成员针对上传任务上传的共享内容;Optionally, the method further includes: a storage unit 2708, configured to store the shared content uploaded by the group member of the community for the upload task;
所述内容确定单元2702具体用于:The content determining unit 2702 is specifically configured to:
当所述用户的权限信息大于任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以及所述任一团体成员针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容;When the rights information of the user is greater than the rights information of any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and the The shared content uploaded by the uploading task;
当所述用户的权限信息不大于所述任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容。When the rights information of the user is not greater than the rights information of the any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the upload task.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
确定单元2709,确定所述团体的管理成员选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;The determining unit 2709 is configured to determine a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by the management member of the community, where the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the community;
文件推送单元2710,向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间。The file pushing unit 2710 pushes the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object to update to a local storage space on the electronic device used by the file synchronization object.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
界面返回单元2711,根据所述团体中至少一个团体成员对任一文件发起的在线编辑请求,分别向所述至少一个团体成员返回所述任一文件的在线编辑界面;The interface returning unit 2711 returns an online editing interface of any of the files to the at least one community member according to an online editing request initiated by at least one group member of the group to any of the files;
指令接收单元2712,接收所述至少一个团体成员发出的对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令;The instruction receiving unit 2712 receives an online editing instruction issued by the at least one group member for the any file;
在线编辑单元2713,响应于所述在线编辑指令,对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。The online editing unit 2713, in response to the online editing instruction, performs a corresponding online editing process on any of the files.
可选的,所述在线编辑单元2713具体用于:Optionally, the online editing unit 2713 is specifically configured to:
确定所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容;Determining, by the online editing instruction, a corresponding target editing content in the any file;
当所述目标编辑内容匹配于发起所述在线编辑指令的团体成员在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息时,根据所述在线编辑指令对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。And when the target editing content matches the permission information of the group member initiating the online editing instruction in the organization structure of the group, performing corresponding online editing processing on the any file according to the online editing instruction.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
分享请求接收单元2714,接收所述用户针对所述共享内容的分享请求;a sharing request receiving unit 2714, receiving a sharing request of the user for the shared content;
内容分享单元2715,将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。The content sharing unit 2715 shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
可选的,所述内容分享单元2715具体用于:Optionally, the content sharing unit 2715 is specifically configured to:
将所述共享内容或所述共享内容的访问链接发送至所述目标用户。Sending the shared content or the access link of the shared content to the target user.
可选的,所述目标用户属于所述团体;或者,所述目标用户与所述团体无关。Optionally, the target user belongs to the community; or the target user is not related to the community.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
权限设定单元2716,接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作权限;The permission setting unit 2716 receives an operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user;
操作限制单元2717,根据所述操作权限,限制所述目标用户对所述共享内容实施的操作。The operation restriction unit 2717 limits an operation performed by the target user on the shared content according to the operation authority.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
时间段设定单元2718,接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作时间段;a time period setting unit 2718, receiving an operation time period set by the user for the target user for the shared content;
权限赋予单元2719,向所述目标用户赋予对所述共享内容的临时操作权限,所述临时操作权限仅在所述操作时间段内有效。The authority giving unit 2719 assigns the target user temporary operation authority to the shared content, and the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period.
请参考图28,在软件实施方式中,该共享空间的访问装置可以包括:Referring to FIG. 28, in the software implementation, the access device of the shared space may include:
请求发送单元2801,响应于检测到的用户操作,向服务端发送针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求,以使所述服务端根据用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容;The request sending unit 2801, in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines the location according to the user's authority information in the organization structure of the community. Sharing the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information;
内容展示单元2802,根据所述服务端返回的数据,向所述用户展示所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。The content display unit 2802 displays, according to the data returned by the server, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
文件推送单元2803,当所述用户属于所述团体的管理成员时,确定所述用户选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;向所述服务端发起文件推送请求,所述文件推送请求指示所述服务端向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以将所述待同步文件更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间;a file pushing unit 2803, when the user belongs to a management member of the community, determining a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by the user, where the file synchronization object includes at least one group member in the group; The server initiates a file push request, and the file push request instructs the server to push the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object to update the file to be synchronized to an electronic device used by the file synchronization object. Local storage space;
文件更新单元2804,当所述用户不属于所述团体的管理成员时,接收所述服务端根据所述团体的管理成员发起的文件推送请求而推送的文件,并存储至本地存储空间。The file update unit 2804, when the user does not belong to the management member of the community, receives the file pushed by the server according to the file push request initiated by the management member of the community, and stores the file to the local storage space.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
文件查找单元2805,查找本地存储空间中对应于接收到的文件的旧版本文件,以由所述文件更新单元将所述旧版本文件更新为接收到的文件。The file lookup unit 2805 searches for an old version file corresponding to the received file in the local storage space to update the old version file to the received file by the file update unit.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
编辑请求单元2806,向所述服务端发起针对任一文件的在线编辑请求;An editing request unit 2806, initiating an online editing request for any file to the server;
界面接收单元2807,接收并展示所述服务端返回的所述任一文件的在线编辑界面;The interface receiving unit 2807 receives and displays an online editing interface of the any file returned by the server.
指令发送单元2808,根据检测到的用户编辑操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令,以使所述服务端对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。The instruction sending unit 2808 sends an online editing instruction for the any file to the server according to the detected user editing operation, so that the server performs corresponding online editing processing on any of the files.
可选的,所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容匹配于所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息。Optionally, the corresponding edit content of the online editing instruction in the any file matches the authority information of the user in the organization structure of the community.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
内容分享单元2809,响应于检测到的用户操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享请求,以使所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。The content sharing unit 2809, in response to the detected user operation, send a sharing request for the shared content to the server, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
图29是一示例性实施例提供的另一种设备的示意结构图。请参考图29,在硬件层面,该设备包括处理器2902、内部总线2904、网络接口2906、内存2908以及非易失性存储器2910,当然还可能包括其他业务所需要的硬件。处理器2902从非易失性存储器2910中读取对应的计算机程序到内存2908中然后运行,在逻辑层面上形成共享空间的权限管理装置。当然,除了软件实现方式之外,本说明书一个或多个实施例并不排除其他实现方式,比如逻辑器件抑或软硬件结合的方式等等,也就是说以下处理流程的执行主体并不限定于各个逻辑单元,也可以是硬件或逻辑器件。FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus provided by an exemplary embodiment. Referring to FIG. 29, at the hardware level, the device includes a processor 2902, an internal bus 2904, a network interface 2906, a memory 2908, and a non-volatile memory 2910, and of course may also include hardware required for other services. The processor 2902 reads the corresponding computer program from the non-volatile memory 2910 into the memory 2908 and then operates to form a rights management device for the shared space on the logical level. Of course, in addition to the software implementation, one or more embodiments of the present specification do not exclude other implementation manners, such as a logic device or a combination of software and hardware, etc., that is, the execution body of the following processing flow is not limited to each. A logical unit, which can also be a hardware or logic device.
请参考图30,在软件实施方式中,该共享空间的权限管理装置可以包括:Referring to FIG. 30, in the software implementation manner, the rights management apparatus of the shared space may include:
权限获取单元3001,获取用户在团体中的权限信息;The authority obtaining unit 3001 acquires the authority information of the user in the community;
权限管理单元3002,根据所述权限信息,管理所述用户对与所述团体相关的共享空间中的共享内容的访问权限。The authority management unit 3002 manages the access authority of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the group according to the authority information.
可选的,还包括:Optionally, it also includes:
数据获取单元3003,获取所述权限信息的更新数据;The data obtaining unit 3003 acquires update data of the authority information;
权限更新单元3004,根据所述更新数据,对所述用户的访问权限进行相应更新。The authority updating unit 3004 updates the access authority of the user according to the update data.
图31是一示例性实施例提供的又一种设备的示意结构图。请参考图31,在硬件层面,该设备包括处理器3102、内部总线3104、网络接口3106、内存3108以及非易失性存储器3110,当然还可能包括其他业务所需要的硬件。处理器3102从非易失性存储器3110中读取对应的计算机程序到内存3108中然后运行,在逻辑层面上形成共享内容的分享装置。当然,除了软件实现方式之外,本说明书一个或多个实施例并不排除其他实现方式,比如逻辑器件抑或软硬件结合的方式等等,也就是说以下处理流程的执行主 体并不限定于各个逻辑单元,也可以是硬件或逻辑器件。FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of still another apparatus provided by an exemplary embodiment. Referring to FIG. 31, at the hardware level, the device includes a processor 3102, an internal bus 3104, a network interface 3106, a memory 3108, and a non-volatile memory 3110. Of course, it may also include hardware required for other services. The processor 3102 reads the corresponding computer program from the non-volatile memory 3110 into the memory 3108 and then operates to form a sharing device that shares the content on a logical level. Of course, in addition to the software implementation, one or more embodiments of the present specification do not exclude other implementation manners, such as a logic device or a combination of software and hardware, etc., that is, the execution body of the following processing flow is not limited to each. A logical unit, which can also be a hardware or logic device.
请参考图32,在软件实施方式中,该共享内容的分享装置可以包括:Referring to FIG. 32, in the software implementation, the sharing device of the shared content may include:
请求接收单元3201,接收用户发起的分享请求,所述分享请求与团体的共享空间内的共享内容相关;The request receiving unit 3201 receives a sharing request initiated by the user, and the sharing request is related to the shared content in the shared space of the group;
指令发送单元3202,向服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,所述分享指令用于指示所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。The instruction sending unit 3202 sends a sharing instruction for the shared content to the server, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
上述实施例阐明的系统、装置、模块或单元,具体可以由计算机芯片或实体实现,或者由具有某种功能的产品来实现。一种典型的实现设备为计算机,计算机的具体形式可以是个人计算机、膝上型计算机、蜂窝电话、相机电话、智能电话、个人数字助理、媒体播放器、导航设备、电子邮件收发设备、游戏控制台、平板计算机、可穿戴设备或者这些设备中的任意几种设备的组合。The system, device, module or unit illustrated in the above embodiments may be implemented by a computer chip or an entity, or by a product having a certain function. A typical implementation device is a computer, and the specific form of the computer may be a personal computer, a laptop computer, a cellular phone, a camera phone, a smart phone, a personal digital assistant, a media player, a navigation device, an email transceiver, and a game control. A combination of a tablet, a tablet, a wearable device, or any of these devices.
在一个典型的配置中,计算机包括一个或多个处理器(CPU)、输入/输出接口、网络接口和内存。In a typical configuration, a computer includes one or more processors (CPUs), input/output interfaces, network interfaces, and memory.
内存可能包括计算机可读介质中的非永久性存储器,随机存取存储器(RAM)和/或非易失性内存等形式,如只读存储器(ROM)或闪存(flash RAM)。内存是计算机可读介质的示例。The memory may include non-persistent memory, random access memory (RAM), and/or non-volatile memory in a computer readable medium, such as read only memory (ROM) or flash memory. Memory is an example of a computer readable medium.
计算机可读介质包括永久性和非永久性、可移动和非可移动媒体可以由任何方法或技术来实现信息存储。信息可以是计算机可读指令、数据结构、程序的模块或其他数据。计算机的存储介质的例子包括,但不限于相变内存(PRAM)、静态随机存取存储器(SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、其他类型的随机存取存储器(RAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM)、快闪记忆体或其他内存技术、只读光盘只读存储器(CD-ROM)、数字多功能光盘(DVD)或其他光学存储、磁盒式磁带、磁盘存储、量子存储器、基于石墨烯的存储介质或其他磁性存储设备或任何其他非传输介质,可用于存储可以被计算设备访问的信息。按照本文中的界定,计算机可读介质不包括暂存电脑可读媒体(transitory media),如调制的数据信号和载波。Computer readable media includes both permanent and non-persistent, removable and non-removable media. Information storage can be implemented by any method or technology. The information can be computer readable instructions, data structures, modules of programs, or other data. Examples of computer storage media include, but are not limited to, phase change memory (PRAM), static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), other types of random access memory (RAM), read only memory. (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), flash memory or other memory technology, compact disk read only memory (CD-ROM), digital versatile disk (DVD) or other optical storage, Magnetic cassette tape, disk storage, quantum memory, graphene-based storage media or other magnetic storage devices or any other non-transporting media can be used to store information that can be accessed by a computing device. As defined herein, computer readable media does not include temporary storage of computer readable media, such as modulated data signals and carrier waves.
还需要说明的是,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、商品或者设备不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、商品或者设备所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括所述要素的过程、方法、商品或者设备中还存在另外的相同要素。It is also to be understood that the terms "comprises" or "comprising" or "comprising" or any other variations are intended to encompass a non-exclusive inclusion, such that a process, method, article, Other elements not explicitly listed, or elements that are inherent to such a process, method, commodity, or equipment. An element defined by the phrase "comprising a ..." does not exclude the presence of additional equivalent elements in the process, method, item, or device including the element.
上述对本说明书特定实施例进行了描述。其它实施例在所附权利要求书的范围内。在一些情况下,在权利要求书中记载的动作或步骤可以按照不同于实施例中的顺序来执行并且仍然可以实现期望的结果。另外,在附图中描绘的过程不一定要求示出的特定顺序或者连续顺序才能实现期望的结果。在某些实施方式中,多任务处理和并行处理也是可以的或者可能是有利的。The foregoing description of the specific embodiments of the specification has been described. Other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims. In some cases, the actions or steps recited in the claims can be performed in a different order than the embodiments and still achieve the desired results. In addition, the processes depicted in the figures are not necessarily in a particular order or in a sequential order to achieve the desired results. In some embodiments, multitasking and parallel processing are also possible or may be advantageous.
在本说明书一个或多个实施例使用的术语是仅仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,而非旨在限制本说明书一个或多个实施例。在本说明书一个或多个实施例和所附权利要求书中所使用的单数形式的“一种”、“所述”和“该”也旨在包括多数形式,除非上下文清楚地表示其他含义。还应当理解,本文中使用的术语“和/或”是指并包含一个或多个相关联的列出项目的任何或所有可能组合。The terms used in one or more embodiments of the present specification are for the purpose of describing particular embodiments, and are not intended to limit one or more embodiments. The singular forms "a", "the", and "the" It should also be understood that the term "and/or" as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
应当理解,尽管在本说明书一个或多个实施例可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息,但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如,在不脱离本说明书一个或多个实施例范围的情况下,第一信息也可以被称为第二信息,类似地,第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境,如在此所使用的词语“如果”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”。It should be understood that although the terms first, second, third, etc. may be used to describe various information in one or more embodiments of the specification, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish the same type of information from each other. For example, the first information may also be referred to as the second information without departing from the scope of one or more embodiments of the present disclosure. Similarly, the second information may also be referred to as the first information. Depending on the context, the word "if" as used herein may be interpreted as "when" or "when" or "in response to a determination."
以上所述仅为本说明书一个或多个实施例的较佳实施例而已,并不用以限制本说明书一个或多个实施例,凡在本说明书一个或多个实施例的精神和原则之内,所做的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本说明书一个或多个实施例保护的范围之内。The above is only a preferred embodiment of one or more embodiments of the present specification, and is not intended to limit one or more embodiments of the present specification, which is within the spirit and principles of one or more embodiments of the present specification, Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc., are intended to be included within the scope of the protection of one or more embodiments.

Claims (62)

  1. 一种共享空间的访问方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for accessing a shared space, comprising:
    接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving a user's access request for a community-related shared space;
    根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。And determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述与团体相关的共享空间,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 1, wherein the community-related shared space comprises at least one of the following:
    所述团体的共享空间、所述团体的共享空间中与特定功能相关的共享子空间、归属于所述团体的群组对应的共享子空间。a shared space of the community, a shared subspace related to a specific function in the shared space of the community, and a shared subspace corresponding to a group belonging to the community.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限类别;所述根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the organization structure of the community is divided into a plurality of rights categories according to a specific dimension; and the determining is performed according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the group. The shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information, including:
    根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限类别,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限类别,确定所述共享空间内归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。Determining, according to the specific permission category of the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space, determining the shared content belonging to the specific permission category in the shared space As a shared content that matches the permission information.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 3, wherein the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information comprises at least one of the following:
    所述用户上传的共享内容、所述团体中归属于所述特定权限类型的团体成员上传的共享内容、所述团体的管理成员设定为归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容。The shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by a group member belonging to the specific permission type in the community, and the management member of the community are set as shared content belonging to the specific permission category.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限等级;所述根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the organizational structure of the community is divided into a plurality of authority levels according to a specific dimension; and the determining is performed according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community. The shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information, including:
    根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限等级,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限等级,确定所述共享空间内权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。Determining, according to the specific privilege level of the privilege information indicated by the user's privilege information, the privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the shared content in the shared space, determining that the privilege level in the shared space is not higher than the specific privilege level Shared content as a shared content that matches the permission information.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 5, wherein the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information comprises at least one of the following:
    所述用户上传的共享内容、所述团体中权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的团体成员上传的共享内容、所述团体的管理成员设定为权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容。The shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by the group member whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, and the management member of the group are set to be not higher than the specific permission level. Share content.
  7. 根据权利要求3-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述特定维度包括以下至少之一:部门、职位等级。The method of any of claims 3-6, wherein the particular dimension comprises at least one of: a department, a job level.
  8. 根据权利要求3-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息来自于:The method according to any one of claims 3-6, wherein the rights information of the shared content in the shared space is from:
    上传者的权限信息;Uploader's permission information;
    或者,所述上传者为所述共享内容设定的权限信息,且设定的权限信息符合所述上传者的权限信息;Or the permission information set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set permission information meets the permission information of the uploader;
    或者,所述团体的管理用户为所述共享内容设定的权限信息。Or the authority information set by the management user of the community for the shared content.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space, includes:
    根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的存储路径;Determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, a storage path that matches the rights information in the shared space;
    将确定的存储路径下的共享内容,确定为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。The shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be the shared content that matches the permission information.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 9 further comprising:
    向所述用户展示确定的存储路径,以使所述用户通过所述存储路径访问匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容;Presenting the determined storage path to the user, so that the user accesses the shared content matching the permission information through the storage path;
    或者,向所述用户展示确定的存储路径下的共享内容,其中所述存储路径对所述用户不可见。Alternatively, the user is presented with shared content under the determined storage path, wherein the storage path is not visible to the user.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    确定所述用户从匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容中选取的多份共享内容;Determining a plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content matching the permission information;
    提取所述多份共享内容中采用特定信息记录格式的记录信息,以合并生成新的共享内容。Recording information of a plurality of shared content in a specific information recording format is extracted to merge and generate new shared content.
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1 wherein
    还包括:存储所述团体的团体成员针对上传任务上传的共享内容;The method further includes: storing the shared content uploaded by the group member of the group for the uploading task;
    所述根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括:Determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space, including:
    当所述用户的权限信息大于任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以及所述任一团体成员针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容;When the rights information of the user is greater than the rights information of any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and the The shared content uploaded by the uploading task;
    当所述用户的权限信息不大于所述任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权 限信息的共享内容包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容。When the rights information of the user is not greater than the rights information of the member of the group, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    确定所述团体的管理成员选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;Determining a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by a management member of the community, the file synchronization object including at least one group member in the group;
    向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间。Pushing the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object to update to a local storage space on an electronic device used by the file synchronization object.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    根据所述团体中至少一个团体成员对任一文件发起的在线编辑请求,分别向所述至少一个团体成员返回所述任一文件的在线编辑界面;Returning, to the at least one group member, an online editing interface of the any file according to an online editing request initiated by at least one group member of the group to any file;
    接收所述至少一个团体成员发出的对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令;Receiving an online editing instruction issued by the at least one group member for any of the files;
    响应于所述在线编辑指令,对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。In response to the online editing instruction, a corresponding online editing process is performed on any of the files.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述响应于所述在线编辑指令,对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理,包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the performing a corresponding online editing process on the any file in response to the online editing instruction comprises:
    确定所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容;Determining, by the online editing instruction, a corresponding target editing content in the any file;
    当所述目标编辑内容匹配于发起所述在线编辑指令的团体成员在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息时,根据所述在线编辑指令对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。And when the target editing content matches the permission information of the group member initiating the online editing instruction in the organization structure of the group, performing corresponding online editing processing on the any file according to the online editing instruction.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    接收所述用户针对所述共享内容的分享请求;Receiving a sharing request of the user for the shared content;
    将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。Sharing the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the sharing the shared content to the target user specified by the user comprises:
    将所述共享内容或所述共享内容的访问链接发送至所述目标用户。Sending the shared content or the access link of the shared content to the target user.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述目标用户属于所述团体;或者,所述目标用户与所述团体无关。The method of claim 16, wherein the target user belongs to the community; or the target user is independent of the community.
  19. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 16 further comprising:
    接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作权限;Receiving an operation authority set by the user for the target user for the shared content;
    根据所述操作权限,限制所述目标用户对所述共享内容实施的操作。The operation performed by the target user on the shared content is restricted according to the operation authority.
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 16 further comprising:
    接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作时间段;Receiving an operation time period set by the user for the target user for the shared content;
    向所述目标用户赋予对所述共享内容的临时操作权限,所述临时操作权限仅在所述操作时间段内有效。The target user is granted temporary operation authority to the shared content, and the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period.
  21. 一种共享空间的访问方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for accessing a shared space, comprising:
    响应于检测到的用户操作,向服务端发送针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求,以使所述服务端根据用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容;And in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines the matching in the shared space according to the user's rights information in the organization structure of the community. The shared content of the permission information;
    根据所述服务端返回的数据,向所述用户展示所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。And displaying, according to the data returned by the server, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 21, further comprising:
    当所述用户属于所述团体的管理成员时,确定所述用户选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;向所述服务端发起文件推送请求,所述文件推送请求指示所述服务端向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以将所述待同步文件更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间;When the user belongs to the management member of the community, determining a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by the user, the file synchronization object includes at least one community member in the community; and initiating a file to the server a push request, the file push request instructing the server to push the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object, to update the file to be synchronized to a local storage space on an electronic device used by the file synchronization object;
    当所述用户不属于所述团体的管理成员时,接收所述服务端根据所述团体的管理成员发起的文件推送请求而推送的文件,并存储至本地存储空间。When the user does not belong to the management member of the community, the file that the server pushes according to the file push request initiated by the management member of the community is received and stored in the local storage space.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 22, further comprising:
    查找本地存储空间中对应于接收到的文件的旧版本文件,以将所述旧版本文件更新为接收到的文件。Find an old version file in the local storage space corresponding to the received file to update the old version file to the received file.
  24. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 21, further comprising:
    向所述服务端发起针对任一文件的在线编辑请求;Initiating an online editing request for any file to the server;
    接收并展示所述服务端返回的所述任一文件的在线编辑界面;Receiving and displaying an online editing interface of any of the files returned by the server;
    根据检测到的用户编辑操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令,以使所述服务端对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。And according to the detected user editing operation, sending an online editing instruction for the any file to the server, so that the server performs a corresponding online editing process on any of the files.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容匹配于所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息。The method according to claim 24, wherein the corresponding edit content of the online editing instruction in the any file matches the authority information of the user in the organization structure of the community.
  26. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 21, further comprising:
    响应于检测到的用户操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享请求,以使所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。And in response to the detected user operation, transmitting a sharing request for the shared content to the server, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  27. 一种共享内容的分享方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sharing shared content, comprising:
    接收用户发起的分享请求,所述分享请求与团体的共享空间内的共享内容相关;Receiving a sharing request initiated by a user, the sharing request being related to the shared content in the shared space of the group;
    向服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,所述分享指令用于指示所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。And sending, by the server, a sharing instruction for the shared content, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  28. 一种共享空间的访问装置,其特征在于,包括:A shared space access device, comprising:
    访问请求接收单元,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;An access request receiving unit that receives an access request of the user for a shared space associated with the community;
    内容确定单元,根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。The content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述与团体相关的共享空间,包括以下至少之一:The apparatus according to claim 28, wherein said community-related shared space comprises at least one of:
    所述团体的共享空间、所述团体的共享空间中与特定功能相关的共享子空间、归属于所述团体的群组对应的共享子空间。a shared space of the community, a shared subspace related to a specific function in the shared space of the community, and a shared subspace corresponding to a group belonging to the community.
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限类别;所述内容确定单元具体用于:The device according to claim 28, wherein the organization structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission categories according to a specific dimension; the content determining unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限类别,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限类别,确定所述共享空间内归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。Determining, according to the specific permission category of the management authority indicated by the permission information of the user, and the permission category indicated by the permission information of the shared content in the shared space, determining the shared content belonging to the specific permission category in the shared space As a shared content that matches the permission information.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:The device according to claim 30, wherein the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information comprises at least one of the following:
    所述用户上传的共享内容、所述团体中归属于所述特定权限类型的团体成员上传的共享内容、所述团体的管理成员设定为归属于所述特定权限类别的共享内容。The shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by a group member belonging to the specific permission type in the community, and the management member of the community are set as shared content belonging to the specific permission category.
  32. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述团体的组织架构被按照特定维度划分为若干权限等级;所述内容确定单元具体用于:The device according to claim 28, wherein the organization structure of the community is divided into a plurality of permission levels according to a specific dimension; the content determining unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述用户的权限信息指示的具有管理权限的特定权限等级,以及所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息指示的权限等级,确定所述共享空间内权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容,以作为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。Determining, according to the specific privilege level of the privilege information indicated by the user's privilege information, the privilege level indicated by the privilege information of the shared content in the shared space, determining that the privilege level in the shared space is not higher than the specific privilege level Shared content as a shared content that matches the permission information.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,包括以下至少之一:The device according to claim 32, wherein the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information comprises at least one of the following:
    所述用户上传的共享内容、所述团体中权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的团体成员上传的共享内容、所述团体的管理成员设定为权限等级不高于所述特定权限等级的共享内容。The shared content uploaded by the user, the shared content uploaded by the group member whose permission level is not higher than the specific permission level, and the management member of the group are set to be not higher than the specific permission level. Share content.
  34. 根据权利要求30-33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述特定维度包括以 下至少之一:部门、职位等级。The apparatus of any of claims 30-33, wherein the particular dimension comprises at least one of: a department, a job level.
  35. 根据权利要求30-33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述共享空间中的共享内容的权限信息来自于:The apparatus according to any one of claims 30-33, wherein the rights information of the shared content in the shared space is from:
    上传者的权限信息;Uploader's permission information;
    或者,所述上传者为所述共享内容设定的权限信息,且设定的权限信息符合所述上传者的权限信息;Or the permission information set by the uploader for the shared content, and the set permission information meets the permission information of the uploader;
    或者,所述团体的管理用户为所述共享内容设定的权限信息。Or the authority information set by the management user of the community for the shared content.
  36. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述内容确定单元具体用于:The device according to claim 28, wherein the content determining unit is specifically configured to:
    根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的存储路径;Determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, a storage path that matches the rights information in the shared space;
    将确定的存储路径下的共享内容,确定为匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。The shared content under the determined storage path is determined to be the shared content that matches the permission information.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:路径展示单元或内容展示单元;The device according to claim 36, further comprising: a path display unit or a content display unit;
    所述路径展示单元用于向所述用户展示确定的存储路径,以使所述用户通过所述存储路径访问匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容;The path display unit is configured to display the determined storage path to the user, so that the user accesses the shared content that matches the permission information through the storage path;
    所述内容展示单元用于向所述用户展示确定的存储路径下的共享内容,其中所述存储路径对所述用户不可见。The content presentation unit is configured to display the shared content under the determined storage path to the user, wherein the storage path is invisible to the user.
  38. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 28, further comprising:
    内容选取单元,确定所述用户从匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容中选取的多份共享内容;a content selection unit, determining a plurality of shared content selected by the user from the shared content matching the permission information;
    信息提取单元,提取所述多份共享内容中采用特定信息记录格式的记录信息,以合并生成新的共享内容。The information extracting unit extracts the record information in the plurality of shared content in a specific information record format to merge and generate new shared content.
  39. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 28, wherein
    还包括:存储单元,存储所述团体的团体成员针对上传任务上传的共享内容;The method further includes: a storage unit that stores the shared content uploaded by the group members of the group for the uploading task;
    所述内容确定单元具体用于:The content determining unit is specifically configured to:
    当所述用户的权限信息大于任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容,以及所述任一团体成员针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容;When the rights information of the user is greater than the rights information of any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the uploading task, and the The shared content uploaded by the uploading task;
    当所述用户的权限信息不大于所述任一团体成员的权限信息时,确定匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容包括所述用户自身针对所述上传任务上传的共享内容。When the rights information of the user is not greater than the rights information of the any group member, determining that the shared content that matches the rights information includes the shared content uploaded by the user for the upload task.
  40. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 28, further comprising:
    确定单元,确定所述团体的管理成员选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;Determining a unit, determining a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by a management member of the community, the file synchronization object including at least one group member in the group;
    文件推送单元,向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间。a file pushing unit that pushes the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object to update to a local storage space on an electronic device used by the file synchronization object.
  41. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 28, further comprising:
    界面返回单元,根据所述团体中至少一个团体成员对任一文件发起的在线编辑请求,分别向所述至少一个团体成员返回所述任一文件的在线编辑界面;The interface returning unit returns an online editing interface of the any file to the at least one community member according to an online editing request initiated by at least one group member of the group to any file;
    指令接收单元,接收所述至少一个团体成员发出的对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令;The instruction receiving unit receives an online editing instruction issued by the at least one group member for the any file;
    在线编辑单元,响应于所述在线编辑指令,对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。The online editing unit, in response to the online editing instruction, performs a corresponding online editing process on the any file.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的装置,其特征在于,所述在线编辑单元具体用于:The device according to claim 41, wherein the online editing unit is specifically configured to:
    确定所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容;Determining, by the online editing instruction, a corresponding target editing content in the any file;
    当所述目标编辑内容匹配于发起所述在线编辑指令的团体成员在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息时,根据所述在线编辑指令对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。And when the target editing content matches the permission information of the group member initiating the online editing instruction in the organization structure of the group, performing corresponding online editing processing on the any file according to the online editing instruction.
  43. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 28, further comprising:
    分享请求接收单元,接收所述用户针对所述共享内容的分享请求;a sharing request receiving unit, receiving a sharing request of the user for the shared content;
    内容分享单元,将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。a content sharing unit that shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的装置,其特征在于,所述内容分享单元具体用于:The device according to claim 43, wherein the content sharing unit is specifically configured to:
    将所述共享内容或所述共享内容的访问链接发送至所述目标用户。Sending the shared content or the access link of the shared content to the target user.
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的装置,其特征在于,所述目标用户属于所述团体;或者,所述目标用户与所述团体无关。The apparatus according to claim 43, wherein said target user belongs to said group; or said target user is independent of said group.
  46. 根据权利要求43所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 43, further comprising:
    权限设定单元,接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作权限;a permission setting unit, configured to receive an operation authority for the shared content set by the user for the target user;
    操作限制单元,根据所述操作权限,限制所述目标用户对所述共享内容实施的操作。The operation restriction unit limits the operation performed by the target user on the shared content according to the operation authority.
  47. 根据权利要求43所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 43, further comprising:
    时间段设定单元,接收所述用户为所述目标用户设定的针对所述共享内容的操作时 间段;a time period setting unit, receiving an operation time period set by the user for the target user for the shared content;
    权限赋予单元,向所述目标用户赋予对所述共享内容的临时操作权限,所述临时操作权限仅在所述操作时间段内有效。The authority assigning unit assigns the target user temporary operation authority to the shared content, and the temporary operation authority is valid only during the operation period.
  48. 一种共享空间的访问装置,其特征在于,包括:A shared space access device, comprising:
    请求发送单元,响应于检测到的用户操作,向服务端发送针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求,以使所述服务端根据用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容;The request sending unit, in response to the detected user operation, sending an access request for the community-related shared space to the server, so that the server determines the content according to the user's authority information in the organization structure of the group a shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information;
    内容展示单元,根据所述服务端返回的数据,向所述用户展示所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容。And displaying, by the content display unit, the shared content in the shared space that matches the permission information according to the data returned by the server.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 48, further comprising:
    文件推送单元,当所述用户属于所述团体的管理成员时,确定所述用户选取的待同步文件和文件同步对象,所述文件同步对象包括所述团体中的至少一个团体成员;向所述服务端发起文件推送请求,所述文件推送请求指示所述服务端向所述文件同步对象推送所述待同步文件,以将所述待同步文件更新至所述文件同步对象使用的电子设备上的本地存储空间;a file pushing unit, when the user belongs to a management member of the community, determining a file to be synchronized and a file synchronization object selected by the user, the file synchronization object including at least one group member in the group; The server initiates a file push request, and the file push request instructs the server to push the file to be synchronized to the file synchronization object, so as to update the file to be synchronized to the electronic device used by the file synchronization object. Local storage space;
    文件更新单元,当所述用户不属于所述团体的管理成员时,接收所述服务端根据所述团体的管理成员发起的文件推送请求而推送的文件,并存储至本地存储空间。And a file update unit, when the user does not belong to the management member of the community, receiving a file pushed by the server according to a file push request initiated by the management member of the community, and storing the file to a local storage space.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 49, further comprising:
    文件查找单元,查找本地存储空间中对应于接收到的文件的旧版本文件,以由所述文件更新单元将所述旧版本文件更新为接收到的文件。The file search unit searches for an old version file corresponding to the received file in the local storage space to update the old version file to the received file by the file update unit.
  51. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 48, further comprising:
    编辑请求单元,向所述服务端发起针对任一文件的在线编辑请求;Editing the request unit, initiating an online editing request for any file to the server;
    界面接收单元,接收并展示所述服务端返回的所述任一文件的在线编辑界面;An interface receiving unit receives and displays an online editing interface of the any file returned by the server;
    指令发送单元,根据检测到的用户编辑操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述任一文件的在线编辑指令,以使所述服务端对所述任一文件实施相应的在线编辑处理。The instruction sending unit sends an online editing instruction for the any file to the server according to the detected user editing operation, so that the server performs corresponding online editing processing on any of the files.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述在线编辑指令在所述任一文件中对应的目标编辑内容匹配于所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息。The apparatus according to claim 51, wherein the corresponding target editing content of the online editing instruction in the any file matches the authority information of the user in the organization structure of the community.
  53. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 48, further comprising:
    内容分享单元,响应于检测到的用户操作,向所述服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享请求,以使所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。The content sharing unit, in response to the detected user operation, sending a sharing request for the shared content to the server, so that the server shares the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  54. 一种共享内容的分享装置,其特征在于,包括:A sharing device for sharing content, comprising:
    请求接收单元,接收用户发起的分享请求,所述分享请求与团体的共享空间内的共享内容相关;Receiving, by the request receiving unit, a sharing request initiated by the user, where the sharing request is related to the shared content in the shared space of the group;
    指令发送单元,向服务端发送针对所述共享内容的分享指令,所述分享指令用于指示所述服务端将所述共享内容分享至所述用户指定的目标用户。The instruction sending unit sends a sharing instruction for the shared content to the server, where the sharing instruction is used to instruct the server to share the shared content to the target user specified by the user.
  55. 一种共享空间的访问方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for accessing a shared space, comprising:
    接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving a user's access request for a community-related shared space;
    根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。And determining, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
  56. 一种共享空间的访问装置,其特征在于,包括:A shared space access device, comprising:
    请求接收单元,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving, by the request receiving unit, an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community;
    内容确定单元,根据所述用户在所述团体中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。The content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the community, the shared content that matches the rights information in the shared space to provide to the user.
  57. 一种共享空间的权限管理方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for managing rights in a shared space, comprising:
    获取用户在团体中的权限信息;Obtain the permission information of the user in the community;
    根据所述权限信息,管理所述用户对与所述团体相关的共享空间中的共享内容的访问权限。And according to the rights information, managing the access rights of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the community.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 57, further comprising:
    获取所述权限信息的更新数据;Obtaining update data of the permission information;
    根据所述更新数据,对所述用户的访问权限进行相应更新。According to the update data, the access authority of the user is updated accordingly.
  59. 一种共享空间的权限管理装置,其特征在于,包括:A rights management device for a shared space, comprising:
    权限获取单元,获取用户在团体中的权限信息;The authority obtaining unit obtains the authority information of the user in the group;
    权限管理单元,根据所述权限信息,管理所述用户对与所述团体相关的共享空间中的共享内容的访问权限。The rights management unit manages the access rights of the user to the shared content in the shared space related to the community according to the rights information.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device according to claim 59, further comprising:
    数据获取单元,获取所述权限信息的更新数据;a data obtaining unit, which acquires update data of the authority information;
    权限更新单元,根据所述更新数据,对所述用户的访问权限进行相应更新。The authority update unit updates the access authority of the user according to the update data.
  61. 一种共享空间的访问方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for accessing a shared space, comprising:
    接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving a user's access request for a community-related shared space;
    获取所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息;Obtaining permission information of the user in an organization structure of the group;
    根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。And determining, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
  62. 一种共享空间的访问装置,其特征在于,包括:A shared space access device, comprising:
    请求接收单元,接收用户针对与团体相关的共享空间的访问请求;Receiving, by the request receiving unit, an access request of the user for the shared space associated with the community;
    权限获取单元,获取所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息;a permission obtaining unit, acquiring the authority information of the user in an organization structure of the group;
    内容确定单元,根据所述用户在所述团体的组织架构中的权限信息,确定所述共享空间内匹配于所述权限信息的共享内容,以提供至所述用户。The content determining unit determines, according to the rights information of the user in the organization structure of the community, the shared content in the shared space that matches the rights information, to provide to the user.
PCT/CN2018/115003 2017-11-14 2018-11-12 Access method for shared space, and permission management method and apparatus WO2019096086A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201711124479 2017-11-14
CN201711124479.X 2017-11-14
CN201810182697.7A CN109787946B (en) 2017-11-14 2018-03-06 Access method and authority management method and device for shared space
CN201810182697.7 2018-03-06
CN201811073161.8 2018-09-14
CN201811073161.8A CN109787948B (en) 2017-11-14 2018-09-14 Access method and authority management method and device for shared space

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019096086A1 true WO2019096086A1 (en) 2019-05-23

Family

ID=66495705

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/115003 WO2019096086A1 (en) 2017-11-14 2018-11-12 Access method for shared space, and permission management method and apparatus

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (2) CN109787946B (en)
TW (2) TW201919366A (en)
WO (1) WO2019096086A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111935214A (en) * 2020-06-29 2020-11-13 中铁第一勘察设计院集团有限公司 Data transmission method based on field mobile equipment
CN112163398A (en) * 2020-09-30 2021-01-01 金蝶软件(中国)有限公司 Chart sharing method and related equipment thereof
CN113395203A (en) * 2021-06-11 2021-09-14 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 Information processing method, device, server, user terminal and storage medium
US20220270523A1 (en) * 2021-01-05 2022-08-25 Contentful GmbH Templates for content spaces in a content management system
US11783293B1 (en) * 2022-05-11 2023-10-10 Contentful GmbH Templates for content spaces in a content management system
US11783294B1 (en) * 2022-05-11 2023-10-10 Contentful GmbH Templates for content spaces in a content management system

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109787946B (en) * 2017-11-14 2022-02-25 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Access method and authority management method and device for shared space
CN110334068B (en) * 2019-07-10 2021-01-12 浪潮卓数大数据产业发展有限公司 Method, device and system for realizing organization cooperation
JP7398248B2 (en) * 2019-11-14 2023-12-14 シャープ株式会社 Network systems, servers, and information processing methods
CN111163473B (en) * 2020-01-02 2020-11-13 广州爱浦路网络技术有限公司 NRF permission level-based 5G core network data protection method
CN111327589B (en) * 2020-01-19 2021-09-10 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Resource sharing method and device, computer readable storage medium and computer equipment
TWI769531B (en) * 2020-09-23 2022-07-01 東海大學 Document confidentiality level management system and method
CN112597514A (en) * 2020-12-22 2021-04-02 北京时代民芯科技有限公司 Document collaboration system and method easy for privatized customized deployment
TWI806125B (en) * 2021-08-10 2023-06-21 李揚 Method and system for data sharing management
CN114493382B (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-07-01 未来地图(深圳)智能科技有限公司 Enterprise risk data processing method and system based on enterprise risk associated graph
CN115242503B (en) * 2022-07-21 2024-05-07 北京字跳网络技术有限公司 Content space sharing method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium
CN117333140B (en) * 2023-11-24 2024-02-20 贵州航天云网科技有限公司 Enterprise information service management system and method

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101425903A (en) * 2008-07-16 2009-05-06 冯振周 Trusted network architecture based on identity
US20150067354A1 (en) * 2013-08-27 2015-03-05 Power-All Networks Limited Storage management device and storage management method
CN104426938A (en) * 2013-08-27 2015-03-18 宇宙互联有限公司 Storage management system and method
WO2016197680A1 (en) * 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 深圳大学 Access control system for cloud storage service platform and access control method therefor
CN106682523A (en) * 2016-11-17 2017-05-17 安徽华博胜讯信息科技股份有限公司 DSpace-based digital resource management method

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008033552A2 (en) * 2006-09-12 2008-03-20 Iwatchnow Inc. System and method for distributed media streaming and sharing
KR20130006883A (en) * 2011-06-24 2013-01-18 주식회사 케이티 System and method for sharing contents using virtual group
CN102546664A (en) * 2012-02-27 2012-07-04 中国科学院计算技术研究所 User and authority management method and system for distributed file system
CN103731501A (en) * 2014-01-13 2014-04-16 北京发现角科技有限公司 Mobile-terminal-based multi-people cooperative management method and system for backlogs
CN103813204B (en) * 2014-02-26 2017-01-11 深圳市佳创视讯技术股份有限公司 Cross-screen inter-broadcasting method and system based on set top box
CN104219326A (en) * 2014-09-23 2014-12-17 深圳市爱洁家环保科技有限公司 Resource sharing device and method in cleaning service information management system
CN105528553A (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-04-27 中国移动通信集团公司 A method and a device for secure sharing of data and a terminal
CN111756621A (en) * 2015-06-26 2020-10-09 钉钉控股(开曼)有限公司 Method and device for managing data of group users and maintaining instant messaging group
CN109787946B (en) * 2017-11-14 2022-02-25 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Access method and authority management method and device for shared space

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101425903A (en) * 2008-07-16 2009-05-06 冯振周 Trusted network architecture based on identity
US20150067354A1 (en) * 2013-08-27 2015-03-05 Power-All Networks Limited Storage management device and storage management method
CN104426938A (en) * 2013-08-27 2015-03-18 宇宙互联有限公司 Storage management system and method
CN104424407A (en) * 2013-08-27 2015-03-18 宇宙互联有限公司 Storage management system and method
WO2016197680A1 (en) * 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 深圳大学 Access control system for cloud storage service platform and access control method therefor
CN106682523A (en) * 2016-11-17 2017-05-17 安徽华博胜讯信息科技股份有限公司 DSpace-based digital resource management method

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111935214A (en) * 2020-06-29 2020-11-13 中铁第一勘察设计院集团有限公司 Data transmission method based on field mobile equipment
CN112163398A (en) * 2020-09-30 2021-01-01 金蝶软件(中国)有限公司 Chart sharing method and related equipment thereof
US20220270523A1 (en) * 2021-01-05 2022-08-25 Contentful GmbH Templates for content spaces in a content management system
US11782822B2 (en) * 2021-01-05 2023-10-10 Contentful GmbH Templates for content spaces in a content management system
CN113395203A (en) * 2021-06-11 2021-09-14 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 Information processing method, device, server, user terminal and storage medium
US11783293B1 (en) * 2022-05-11 2023-10-10 Contentful GmbH Templates for content spaces in a content management system
US11783294B1 (en) * 2022-05-11 2023-10-10 Contentful GmbH Templates for content spaces in a content management system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201931229A (en) 2019-08-01
CN109787948A (en) 2019-05-21
CN109787948B (en) 2022-05-17
CN109787946B (en) 2022-02-25
TW201919366A (en) 2019-05-16
CN109787946A (en) 2019-05-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019096086A1 (en) Access method for shared space, and permission management method and apparatus
US11025718B2 (en) Synchronization of permissioned content in cloud-based environments
US10567484B2 (en) Identifying content items for inclusion in a shared collection
WO2020135142A1 (en) Project group creating method, and project management method and device
US9866508B2 (en) Aggregating and presenting recent activities for synchronized online content management systems
US10579715B2 (en) Animating edits to documents
US20240031316A1 (en) Managing message attachments
US11240188B2 (en) Large data management in communication applications through multiple mailboxes
US11165726B2 (en) Contextual sharing for screen share
US9858577B2 (en) Content item delivery for payment
US20220141227A1 (en) Managing Metadata for External Content within a Computing Environment
US11182348B2 (en) Sharing collections with external teams
US11080243B2 (en) Synchronizing virtualized file systems
US10592595B2 (en) Maintaining multiple versions of a collection of content items
US20140325016A1 (en) Automatic account selection
WO2019019929A1 (en) Signature generation method, and method and device for sharing signature template
WO2023020550A1 (en) Service processing method and apparatus based on online document, and terminal and storage medium
WO2023147425A1 (en) Automatic canvas creation associated with a group-based communication channel
US10635641B1 (en) System and method to provide document management on a public document system
US9961132B2 (en) Placing a user account in escrow
US11494412B2 (en) Hub and spoke architecture for cloud-based synchronization

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18878151

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18878151

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1